Home

Draytek Vigor2910VGi Wi-Fi Ethernet LAN Black

1. LogQut q aoe ae ma LogQut 25 LogQut 10 LogQut 26 LogQut 11 zee LogQut 27 LogQut 1 LogQut 28 LogQut 13 Eee a LogQut 29 LogOut 14 oa Een LogQut 30 a LogQut 15 z za ma LogQut 31 LogQut 16 a oe LogQut 32 as LogQut 3 17 8 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions 10 Limitation List Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 211 Dray Te k Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor C Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Page 1 v Refresh Index IP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action Current Peak Speed Current Peak Speed Current Peak WANT 172 156 3 229 1z 107 Auto 2 59 Auto e WAN aoe o 0 Auto Oo 0 Auto ae Total 1 10 Auto 2 59 Auto 4 80 Note 1 Click Block to prevent sp
2. Ey 9 P hyd oe a Dual WAN Security Router J a Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V4 0 Dray Tek ii Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Vigor2910 Dual WAN Security Router User s Guide Version 4 0 Firmware Version V3 2 4 Date 11 05 2010 Copyright 2010 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The scope of delivery and other details are subject to change without prior notice Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Vigor2910 Series User s Guide iii Dray Te K Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2010 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp e W
3. 5 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 43 Dray Te k 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For NAT Usage ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask 2nd IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask RIP Protocol Control 1st IP Address Ist Subnet Mask For IP Routing Usage 2 IP Address 2 Subnet Mask 2 DHCP Server Dray Tek 152 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 192 165 2 1 255 255 255 0 2nd Subnet DHCP Server DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent ist Subnet 2nd Subnet 192 166 1 10 o 192 165 1 1 Start IP Address IF Pool Counts Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DONS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 I Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 You can configure the router to
4. 4 The selected profile will be deleted Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 245 Dray Te k Web Page Changes for VPN Backup Corresponding web page LAN to LAN will be changed if VPN Backup is enabled Refer to the following figures Dial in call direction and Idle Timeout will be dimmish and cannot be used 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial In M Enable this profile Always on YPN Connection Through WAN Only l Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP All the items in Allowed Dial in Type will be dimmish and cannot be used Allowed Oial in Type JER Mcrne Jass word J Compressio o off E i30 E FPTP E Sec Tunmiel M L2TP with IPSec Policy Muti IKE Authentication Method F Pre Ska ed Key ee err isl oy M Digital Signature 539 Je IPSec Security Method E Medun Adi 4igh ESP E pes E spec Fa Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer YER Server IP rr Paar T fl wn Callback Function CECCP M Frahle Zalhark Fimeticn F Lee the Fellowing Yumber to Tallback Callback Nun bar nallhack Rudget rinuteds My WAN IP and Remote Gateway IP will be dimmish and cannot be used 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Disable Remote Gateway IP Oooo oe first subnet to remote network you have to Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 Route Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 hore Change default rou
5. Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTer Broadcom 4402 10 1700 Ir This connection uses the following items el Client tor Microsoft Networks a File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks fm 0s Packet Scheduler Internet Protocol TCF F lastall Description Transmission Control Protocol lntermet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity Dray Tek 252 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address For MacOs 1 Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4 068o Network MA p Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Au
6. Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface a Dray Tek 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP LAN H General Setup H Static Route P Bind IP to MAC H Web Authentication 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet Public IP Address Private Subnet 7 Router IP Address 192 168 1 1 ee 8 192 166 1 10 192 168 1 11 192 166 1 12 192 168 1 13 Som iE LS See In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a pu
7. View more detailed configurations Go to the VPN Connection Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Management Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Connection status Do another VPN Server Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration 3 9 3 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port And if you want to enable ISDN dial in function please check Enable ISDN Dial In in this page VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP YPN Service Enable IPSec YPN Service Enable LATP VPN Service Enable ISDN Cial In Note If you intend running a VPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings Enable PPTP VPN Service Check this box to activate the VPN service through PPTP protocol Enable IPSec VPN Service Check this box to activate the VPN service through IPSec protocol Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 115 Dray Te k Enable L2TP VPN Service Enab
8. Wireless access point is turned off USB The USB interface printer or 3G USB modem is ready WAN WI1 W2 A normal 1OMbps WAN link is ready A normal 100Mbps WAN link is ready Ethernet packets are transmitting LAN P1 P2 P3 A normal 10Mbps connection is through its corresponding P4 port Green A normal 100Mbps connection is through its corresponding port Ethernet packets are transmitting Connector Explanation Interface Description USB Connecter for a USB printer or 3G USB modem PWR Connecter for a power adapter with 12 15VDC ON OFF Power Switch LAN P4 PI Connecters for local networked devices W2 W 1 Connecter for accessing Internet with the ADSL ADSL2 2 line Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Note For the USB port can be used to connect 3G USB modem or USB printer therefore the original name printer is changed into USB in the future Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 Dray Te k 1 2 3 For Vigor2910i LED Explanation WAN inno ACT ISDN QoS Attack VPN USB W1 W2 P1 P2 LED SIGIR Explanation ACT Activity Blinking The router is powered on and running properly Off The router is powered off ISDN The ISDN network is correctly s
9. C Block ICMP fragment C Block UnknownProtocal EE Enable Dos Defense Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Enable PortScan detection Dray Tek Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 se
10. High Water Time 30 lsecond s Low Water Mark BODO cps 150 second s Low Water Time 30 second s It specifies the dial retry counts per triggered packet A triggered packet is the packet whose destination is outside the local network The default setting is no dial retry If set to 5 for each triggered packet the router will dial 5 times until it is connected to the ISP or remote access router It specifies the interval between dialup retries By default the interval is O second It specifies a phone number in the Remote Activation field to enable the remote activation function If the router accepts a call from the number 12345678 it will terminate the incoming call immediately and dial to the ISP Because ISDN has two B channels 64Kbps per channel you can specify whether you would like to have single B channel two B channels or BOD Bandwidth on Demand Four options are available Link Disable Dialup 64Kbps Dialup 128Kbps Dialup BOD Link Type Dialup BOD ha Link Disable Dialup b4K bps Dialup 126Kbps Dialup BOD n Dray Tek PPP Authentication It specifies the PPP authentication method for PPP MP connections Normally you can set it to PAP CHAP for better compatibility TCP Header Compression VJ Compression It is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally it is set to None to improve bandwidth utilization TCP Header Compression Idle Timeout Because our ISDN link type is Dial On D
11. RTP Dray Tek DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP port start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP port end Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them IP precedence 1 IP precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop High Oropi Low Drop Medium Oropi High Drop Medium Oropi High Drop Low Drop Medium Drop i i i i i Low Drop i i i i High Drop 152 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Detailed Settings for VoIP 1 and 2 Click the number 1 or 2 link under Index column you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt Phone Settings Phone Index No 1 Call feature Codecs Di Hotline Prefer Codec G 729A B Kbps O Session Timer 3600 oe CO Single Codec LJ T 38 Fax Function Packet Size Call Forwarding disable
12. Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN H General Setup H Security H Access Control WDS AP Discovery H Station List Station Rate Control Web Portal Log in Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 173 Dray Te k 3 13 2 General Settings By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 11b 1 19 v Schedule Setup a a Y Channel Channel 6 2457MHz Note If SuperG mode is enabled channel is fixed at 6 C Hide SSID O Long Preamble Hide SSID prevent SSID from being scanned Long Preamble necessary for some older 802 11b devices only lowers performance Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode Select an appropriate wireless mode Mixed 11b 11g SuperG The radio can support TEEE802 11b IEEE802 11g and SuperG protocols simultaneously Mixed 11b 11g The radio can support both TEEE802 11b and IEEE802 11g protocols simultaneously SuperG The radio only supports SuperG 11g only The radio only supports IEEE802 11 11b only The radio only supports IEEE802 1 1b Mode hlixed 1 1b 119 w Mixzedi1
13. Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 29 Dray Te k Load Balance Mode If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode Auto Weigh According to Line Speed Line Speed If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading through WAN1 WAN2 The unit is kbps Active Mode Choose Always On to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 being activated always or choose Active on demand to make the WAN connection WAN1 WAN2 activated if it is necessary Active Mode Active on demand Always On Active on demand If you choose Active on demand the Idle Timeout will be available for you to set for PPPoE and PPTP access modes in the Details Page of WAN gt gt Internet Access In addition there are three selections for you to choose for different purposes WAN2 Fail It means the connection for WAN1 will be activated when WAN2 is failed WAN2 Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN2 Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN I Fail It means the
14. language VigorPro 5510 series Datasheet ee eee R amp TTE Certification Smart VPN Client 2009 05 25 3 6 3 MS Windows XP All Modules Multi MS Vista language Smart Monitor 2009 03 25 2 0 MS Windows XP Vigor2950 series 4 Click on the link of Router Tools to download the file After downloading the files please decompressed the file onto your host Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 237 Dray Te k 5 Double click on the router tool icon The setup wizard will appear Sp Setup DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup JE 2 Tsv420 lm DrayTek Router Tools Y4 4 0 Setup i i I DoT om 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 7 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Uperade Utility 7 5 1 Time Gukt Sec Router IP Bo a Fort Firmware File Password 8 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 9 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst
15. Administrator Password 5 Enter the login password the default is blank on the field of Old Password Type a new one in the field of New Password and retype it on the field of Retype New Password Then click OK to continue 6 Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Connect to 192 168 1 1 Login to the Router Web Configurator User name fi Password eeee Remember my password cane Dray Te k 16 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 2 2 Quick Start Wizard If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface that you use Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Select WAN Interface Select WAN Interface WAMI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Auto negotiation 100M1 half duplex 100M full duplex Vigor2910 Series User s Guide i Dray Tek On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the in
16. C Sun Enable Schedule Setup Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Moan Force Orn bo minute sj maxs 255 0 for default Tue Wed Thu Fri O Sat Check to enable the schedule Specify the starting date of the schedule Specify the starting time of the schedule Specify the duration or period for the schedule Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Idle Timeout Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office a S ou 5 Hour f h Force On E sj S sj Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm 1 M
17. Disable 1st Subnet 2nd subnet 1st Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum
18. For example see the following graphic Both A and B use the same login ID City and password 1234 Therefore they are grouped in the same W_VLAN Login ID City Login ID Home Password 1234 Password 7890 The VLAN gt gt Wireless VALN allows you to configure Wireless VLAN settings through wireless connection to achieve the above intention Simply type Login ID and password with City and 1234 in the boxes of W_VLANO And type Login ID and password with Home and Dray Tek 186 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 7890 in the boxes of W_VLANI1 Users can configure fifteen groups of wireless VLAN in this page VLAN gt gt Wireless VLAN Setup Wireless VLAN Configuration Enable View Online Station Table W_VLAN Login ID Password W_VLAN Login ID Password o City 1234 Details z Details 1 Home 2 TOT TOT IEELENEIEIELE TON TONE FIFENEIEIEEE Details g Details Details 10 Details Details 11 Details Details 12 Details Details 13 Details Details 14 Details Details 15 Details C Disable broadcast and multicast traffic Notes 1 Login ID 1 11 characters Password 1 11 characters 2 Disable broadcast and multicast traffic to maximize wireless YLAN security however the WLAN throughput will be reduced 3 Login URL for wireless clients hitp www draytek vian login htm or http CVvigor IP Addressi login htm Enable Login ID Password Details Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 7 Check this
19. In addition you can further set up Callback function below PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 12 O Dray Tek Specify CLID or Remote VPN Gateway User Name Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Callback Function Dray Tek connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Enter Peer ISDN number if you select ISDN above This feature is useful for i model only Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type y
20. Peer ID Site to Site Information Remote Network IP Remote Metwork Mask Profile Name User Name Password Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask serer Mone 152 168 1 99 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 Muli Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters This field 1s used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above For I PSec L2TP IPSec authentication you have to type a pre shared key Type the pre shared key again for confirmation In addition to pre shared key you can select one predefined setting in the X 509 Peer ID Profiles set from VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity for IPSec L2TP over IPSec authentication Type the WAN IP address or VPN client IP address for the remote client Type the ID name for the remote client Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection When you check PPTP L2TP two types or PPTP or L2TP with Policy None you will see the following graphic Vigor2910 Series User s Guide i D
21. Up Time IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the LAN interface Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface Displays the name set in WANI WAN web page Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Displays the total uptime of the interface Displays the IP address of the WAN interface Displays the IP address of the default gateway Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface WANI WAN2 is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface WAN1 WAN2 is not ready for accessing Internet Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 2 4 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Fi
22. http 172 16 2 179 certsrvicertcare asp Seles ay Bez e man v See AMAR ANEA ROHR G19 Hotmail gh Messenger A RAY MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate ARES C Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 fsWSiCh vigar Mot Yet Vali Trusted CA 2 Trusted CA 3 IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Trusted CA 1 Issuer f WSilhl vigor Subject Subject Alternative Mame valid From Valid To fM
23. 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum Ams Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ 3 Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear 4 Ifthe line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For MacOs Terminal Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear ao i i Dray Tek 254 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 606 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypi Welcome to Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 6 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 AE icmp_seg 4 ttl 255 times 755 me icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 time 697 ms icmp_seq 2 ttl 255 time 6 716 ms icmp_seg 3 ttl 255 times 731 ms icmp_seg 4 ttl 255 times 72 ms 192 168 1 1 ping statist
24. 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is aut
25. 26 bit Maximum MPPEM 46 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual 116 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Start IP Address Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address But you have to notice that the first two IP addresses of 192 168 1 200 and 192 168 1 201 are reserved for ISDN remote dial in user 3 9 5 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration
26. 4 will be expressed in red to indicate that they are fixed Index Name Status 1 2 5 Y 2 2 5 1 y 3 2 29 Y 4 2 229 y 5 26 y G er Y L 26 y a 29 Y 9 30 y Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 135 Dray Te k 3 9 10 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds General Mode Backup Mode VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol Go Tx Tx Rx Rx VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network Pkts Rate Pkts Rate UpTime HXERERXN Data is encrypted HMEEEHXEE Data isn t encrypted General Mode This filed displays the profile configured in LAN to LAN with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by General Mode does not support VPN backup function General Moder I Backup Mode ff 39 192 168 0 29 30 192 168 0 30 a 34 192 168 0 34 32 192 168 0 32 33 192 168 0 33 Remol 34 192 168 0 34 A 35 192 168 0 35 al auth 174 168 36 192 168 0 36 p __ 37 192 168 0 37 Lauth 2 4 38 192 168 0 38 AAA AAA Backup Mode This filed displays the profile name saved in VPN TRUNK Management with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by Backup Mode supports VPN bac
27. Account Mumber Name 32 63 char max oO Authenticate Th 63 char may Password 63 char mas Expiry Time 1 hour seg NAT Traversal Support More a Pirm Peart VoiPt votpe ISON Pirs Poot bern 1s ema e David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John Or He picks up the phone and dials 1234 John s Account Name Dray Tek 4 5 2 Peer to Peer Calling Example 3 Arnor and Paulin have Vigor routers respectively They can call each other without SIP Registrar First they must have each other s IP address and assign an Account Name for the port used for calling Arnor s SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 Paulin s SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 Settings for Arnor Phone Book Index No 1 p Enable DialPlan index 1 Phone Number cr Phone Number 1111 Display Name paulin b SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 Display Name paulin Loop through None SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 Backup Phone Number SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Paulin VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts Register via None a SIP Account Index No 1 SIP Port 5060 default Profile Name Paulin 11 char max Domain Realm blank Register via zj O make call without register SIP Port Proxy blank Domain Realm 63 char max Act as outbound proxy unchecked se 63 char max Act as outbound proxy Display Name Arnor Display Name Arnor 23 char max Account Name 1234 Ac
28. Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very Dr ay Tek 156 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message InBand a QutBand RF C2833 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode Detailed Settings for ISDN available for VGi model only Click the number 3 link under Index column you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt Phone Settings ISDN Codecs Call feature Prefer Codec G 7294D fokbps C Hotline l L Single Codec i i a600 F Session Timer sec Packet Size Voice Active Detector Cr Call Forwarding SIP URL L Defaut SIP Account Time Out SBL L Play dial tone only when account registered C DNO Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup FXO feature C Enable ISDN to VoIP On Net Calls Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will L Enable VoIP to ISDN Off
29. David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Plone Hook Index No 1 Enable Phone Humber 1111 insplay Mame Gawd SIP URI ie draylel ong Loop through Backup Priore Nurnber VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index Ho 1 Prokile Mimi daiaytiel 1 11 char max Register via Ato make call without register SIP Port AFI Domain Realm draytel ong 63 char max Proxy draytel ong 63 Char max Dacit as outbound precy Display Name John 23 char mas account Number Hame 173 83 char mae Authentication ID 63 char amas Pasw PTT 63 char max Expiry Time lhour Sec HAT Traversal Support Mone Ring Port kyot O voit ISON Bing Pattern le DE Cancel John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David Or He picks up the phone and dials 4321 David s Account Name Phone Book Index Ho 1 a Frable hone Number RAE Depla Meer diiri SIP WEL 123d i draytel ong Loop through Moma Backup Phone Number x Clear Cancel VolP oo SIP Accounts SIP Account Index Mo 1 Profile Name draytel 1 11 char max Migs Liar wt Aula a make call without register SIP Port S60 Domain Resin draytel org 63 char mum Prowy draytel org 63 char mas Dact as putbound proxy Display Harin Tarwiel 23 char max k
30. FOr CON T0 arre aE T E EE ESEE ET 3 Ni FOr VIJO 29 Oleee eE R EE E EES 4 Vee A FOr VIGO TO Veer E E 5 teo FO Vga OY a E E E E E N 6 LOFO WOO aE S E E E E A E A 7 1 3 Hardware Installation 2c secazsecseeasaassensavacs secaccessdeevceceesctaneases cascencasaeedaesssansegeavacasacerousseessaseenssacee 8 14 Printer MstalatiOli wevensnnacenbsesnaccopssnnnndseranetadnurieeanin E a EEE 9 Configuring Basic Settings sicccsscscinsscesciecesncstecnesccincacnsadecesnsadacsancedeseenssdecesexeds 15 LERARO PA SWO n E csee surccaeauareeneeteeenceene 15 PAO a LER VIZ ANG OEO ER E EE N E E O E AE E E T 17 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N twork cccccccsseeeceesseecseeseeeceaeeecseseessseeessaeees 27 3 1 2 Network Connection by 3G USB Modem cccccccececcceeesseeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeees 28 abd EE nee DC LUD a E A AA E A A ET 28 3 1 4 Internet CCC SS aeccoceca teed saeeacecaacsrorscasat sods Aen esadeeanaeeds aencese noe venue cet staeatonstecasen sods eceeeaeesat 31 3 1 5 Load Balanc Fr OlNCY ssss tem acsesepscetescarancsenesasecassanetscesedseasemscosntenetets auacedesansiactsdonetetesaasse 40 ZEAN acters can ciate ore g necic ocean so ee E A one suet oaaeeaueaseewaneseoe 42 Se I oy a E Or EAN e AE E EAE eee ee ee 42 g2 GMC NM OG UN a EEE E E T eeu 44 Pe ae ROU a E E E E 46 Se ABPO IFIOR E E 49 325 Web FUTUR I LUN ON Mi ssns TEE 50 How to use Web Authentication cccccccccccccsecceceeeeceeceesceeceesee
31. Filter Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record Filter information by checking the Syslog box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 14 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Branch to other Filter If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch Set to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more IP Address Specify a source and destination IP address for this filter rule to apply to Place the symbol before a specific IP Address will prevent this rule from being applied to that IP address To apply the rule to all IP address enter any or leave the field blank Content Management All the hosts within the range configured with above conditions must follow the standard configured in the CSM profile configured in Objects and Groups gt gt CSM Profiles selected here Ple
32. IP PING Interval WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TTL MTU RIP Protocol Enable RIP Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dray Tek Mone ka ARP Detect Max 1500 WAN IP Network Settings _ WAN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically Router Name o O Domain Name t Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address DNS Server IP Address Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Default MAC Address Specify a MAC Address MAC Address oo Eo rr Roo is ds Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click Internet Access Setup gt Dialing to a Single ISP to enter the backup profile 34 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Keep WAN Connection WAN Connection Detection MTU RIP Protocol WAN IP Network Settings Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Mone bl Mone Always On Due to the absence of the ISDN interface in some models the ISDN dial backup feature and its associated setup options are not available to them Please refer to the previous part for further information None Disa
33. IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subnet Router IP Address 192 168 1 1 SEE Ee m o i E E 192 168 1 22 192 168 1 11 192 168 1 12 192 168 1 13 You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For WAT Usage ist IP Address 192 165 1 1 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 2nd IP Address 192 166 2 1 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 i li RIF Protocol Control Disable ka 2nd Subnet OHF Server DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent O ist Subnet 2nd Subnet 192 166 1 10 Start IP Address IP Pool Counts Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address LJ Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address To use another DHCP server in the network rather than the built in one of Vigor Router you have to change the settings as show below 232 Dray Tek Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address 270 135 240 207 Private Subnet Router IP Address 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 22 192 166 1 11 wd 192 166 3 22 Router 192 168 3 11 You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the req
34. IP Private IP 1 172 16 3 229 192 169 1 10 Choose PC 2 g 172 16 3 89 WAN 2 Enable Private IP F a Dray Tek 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status ae w 2 Fs 3 H 4 W 4 w 6 vs f W g w EE Fs 10 H lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service WAN Interface Display the WAN interface for the entry Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state Dr ay Tek 58 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for divers
35. If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Dray Tek 36 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Details Page for PPTP L2TP To use PPTP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPTP mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPTP L2TP Client Mode O Enable PPTP Enable LATP Disable Server Address o O Specify Gateway IP Address 172 156 3 4 ISP Access Setup Username Password Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode MTU PPTP L2TP Client Mode ISP Access Setup ISDN Dial Backup Setup Vigor2910 Series User s Guide PPP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP E second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address 12 16 3224 255 255 0 0 Idle Timeout IP Address Subnet Mask Max 1460 Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server i
36. Inactive Setup WAN2 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 259 2596 2556 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN 1 Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction Dr ay Tek 228 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Enable the QoS Control IN WAN inboul yr lian WAN Outh 3 Set Inbound Outbound bandwidth Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAR Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance 4 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 WoO Status Local Address Remote Address eels Service Type CodePoint 10 Inactive Any Any ANY undefined 5 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WANT1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound B
37. Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor 2910VGi for setting the phone book Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 143 Dray Te k VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index Phone number Display Name SIP URL Puede Loop through a Status 1i 688 dawid 0imiptel org Default Mone X 2 Default None Fs a Default None H 4 Default None Fs ale Default None H 6 Default None W Default Hone H 8 Default Hone W sh Default Hone s 10 Default None W ii Default Hone w 12 Default None FS 13 Default None Fs id Default None H 15 Default None w 1b Default None H Ti Default None Fs 18 Default None w 19 Default Hone w 20 Default None w lt lt 1 20 2040 4060 gt gt Next gt gt Status v Active x Inactive 7 Empty Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number HOG Display Name david SIP URL oo Jemm Enable Click this to enable this entry Phone Number The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and Display Name The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address SIP URL Enter your friend s SIP Address Dray Tek 144 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide This page will differ for different models Below is a sample page
38. Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to Local Network IP Address Local Network Mask through the VPN connection pi Dray Tek More RIP Direction RIP Version From first subnet to remote network you have to do Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this Dray Tek Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable Select the RIP protocol version Specify Ver 2 for greatest compatibility If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel Be aware that this setting is available only for one WAN interface is enabled It is not available when both WAN interfaces are enabled 132 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 9 9 VPN Backup Management VPN Backup Management is a backup mechanism to set multiple VPN tunnels for using as backup tunnel It can assure the network connection would not
39. Orginization 0 Draytek Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E press draytek com Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek emailAddress Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MIIBQjCCARNC AGAWOTELNARKGALUEBHNCYFcxEDAOCBGNVBAOTBORYYX1LOZUsxIDie BokqhkiG9SwOBCQEVEXByZXNzOGRYyYYZLOZWsuY2 StNIGENADGCS AGS IbSDOEBAQUA A4GNADCBiQKBg DPioahu gF OAYB1iceSOERSD VknIdHblolktScTdaLUDaFk6s8d 3uwDeQytoViLBJz2IDFOx4jxX6ipTevl87 twwTsg41qZ60k rGhuVTKda3j6PlernkP dus4t23cUBaAMD4uscsVmS yD ISHLAJAxVYPUpNKVIroT2RZjKRMAaHEWpYpwIDAQAB oCkwJwYJ Koz ThycNaGkOMNRowGDAUBGNVHREEDzaNggtkemF 5adGVrLmNvbTanbokq hkiGSwOBAQUF AACBgGQAuSBRUGtC4ULHHON6 HwToemitHObew Xkvg t7 kFlzTJiHh uRLq4CiEi 6nV4hMRytcxZpEZ6sMarSqgRRErs6Ro0s8Ix0145560xCZ N1Gh9VOsI1 I9SFqkiIJNihip4TcjecSNNZ jmOo5SWU Bces8TG ScBCyejqu fo AIOFajBIGviw 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other
40. Password P T icati IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication L2TP with IPSec Policy YJ Compression On off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 IKE Pre Shared Key PTF Digital Signature x 509 IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Mediurn AH O High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type ISDN Username draytek PPTP Password seccces im Pee Tame PPP Authentication PAP CHAP L2TP with IPSec Policy UJ Campressin on O off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for YPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 IKE Authentication Method Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup J J 4 Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec
41. Remove Status Mo connection PPTP Dray Tek 226 ISP amp VPN o Eo Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 InStep 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below Dial To PH Session Name office VPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 168 1 1 User Mame Password Type of YPM CO PPTP CyL2Te OL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption imum strength encreyotian C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router IPSec Policy Seting My IP 172 16 3 100 Type of IPSec O Standard IPSec Tunnel Remote Subnet l Remote Subnet Mask tras Virture IP DrayTek virture Interface Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec C Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask He a He d Security Method Mediumi AH DES Authority Method Pre shared Key ee Certification Guthority Cancel If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryp
42. Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects 3 4 5 IM Object You can define policy profiles for IM Instant Messenger application The object profile s configured here will be seen and adopted in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile IM Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 17 2 16 3 19 4 20 J 21 G 22 i 23 amp 24 a 23 10 26 11 27 13 29 15 31 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Dr ay Tek 66 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name Check for Disallow IM Application VoIP CMSN C ahooIM CAIM Ocg Cl Skype Jaa Jichat Jabber GoogleTalk Ll Googlechat SIP Does NOT support Skype autologin blocking Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSN meebo eBuddy ILovelM ICO Java ICO Flash qoowy IMhaha getMessenger CIwebIM UELS O ee P IMUnitive Wablet mabber MSN GO KoollM MessengerFX MessengerAdictos WebYahoolM Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Check for Disallow Check the items that disallow to use Any device that uses such profile might not be allowed to access into the forbidden items 3 4 6 P2P Object You can define policy profiles for P2P Point to Point application Th
43. Type in the gateway IP address The default value is 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server Click any index number to access into the following page for configuring the SIP account VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 ITSP Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy fs 11 char max LJ Call without Registration 68 char max 663 char ma LJAct as outbound proxy Display Name Account Number Name O Authentication ID Password Expiry Time MAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern ITSP Dray Tek fs 23 char max 63 char max 68 char max 668 char ma ClvorrFi DO vorr ISON It is a collection for presetting the ITSP SIP server information It can reduce the setting effort for a user Simply choose one of the profiles then you ll found some items would be filled with necessary values already 148 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Display Name Account Number Name Vigor2910 Series User s Guide ITSP sel detine w Feppphone Furtel com Lot simply connect Sip Home Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if
44. USTCN vigor ONS draytek com AUG 30 23 08 45 2005 GMT Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first Dray Tek 244 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 4 9 VPN Backup Application You can change disable or delete VPN Backup profile s Yet the relational web pages in LAN to LAN also will be changed slightly Please refer to the following expaination Change the name of VPN Backup profile s 1 Click any one of the items from Backup profile list 2 Type anew name in the field of Profile Name 3 Click Edit Disable VPN Backup profile s 1 Click any one of the items from Backup profile list 2 Click Disable as current status 3 Click Edit 4 The selected profile will be disabled 5 To check if the profile has been disabled or not open LAN to LAN The name with red color means it has joined VPN Backup profile the name with black color means it does not join VPN Backup profile or is disabled in VPN Backup profile LAN to LAN Profiles LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 2 5 Y 1 2 5 y 2 5 1 Y 2 2 51 y 3 2 29 Y i Bee Y 4 2 229 Y 4 2 229 Y 5 26 y 2 2 2 y 6 oF y 6 27 y Z 28 Y f 28 V a ag y 8 lt 9 y 9 30 T a 30 y Delete VPN Backup profile s 1 Click any one of the items from Backup profile list 2 Click Delete 3 Click Edit
45. WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Example 1 SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP or WPA PSK WPA only PSK cfgs0ai2 Key 1 AB312 WEP WPA Key1 AB312 PSK cfgs0a12 amp lt 4 l Example 2 SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WPA PSK only WPA2 only Pre shared key cfgs0a12 WPA2 PSK cfgs0a12 Dray Tek 172 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Example 3 SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WPA WPA2 RADIUS 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 2 Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations
46. are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile 64 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Service Type Object Profiles Index Name 1 SIP ETF 3 3 4 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name 17 E a e a a a a a A a aa a a kd eaa i a a a a a a a a u SFFEEBRBERBEERBEPBEE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 65 Dray Te k Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name VolP Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects 1 SIP 2 RTP Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type You can add IP objects from IP Objects page All the Objects available IP objects will be shown in this box Selected
47. are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on Ist Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the Ist subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Network Interface LAN 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 2 Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 658 0 Subnet Mask 55 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 3 Network Interface D F i ii T T lt OK Cancel 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey Connected 5 static R RIP default private ao 192 168 10 07 205 455 255 0 via 192 168 1 2 IFO G
48. as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the setup page Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 71 Dray Te k CSM gt URL Content Filter Profile Content Filter Setup Enable URL Access Control C Enable URL Access Log Black List black those matching keyword White List pass thase matching keyword No ACT Keyword No ACT Keyword PO Ld BE 2 O fo lc Ld gO a Ld B fF Sem GE f Mote that multiple keywords are alowed to specify in the blank For esample hotmail yahoo msn Cl Prevent web access from IP address Enable Restrict Web Feature Java Activex Compressed files Executable files Multimedia files Cookie Proxy LJ Enable Excepting Subnets No Act IP Address Subnet Mask 4 Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Enable URL Access Check the box to activate URL Access Control Control Black List block those Click this button to restrict accessing into the corresponding matching keyword webpage with the keywords listed on the box b
49. ay Te k 4 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 1 2 4 For Vigor2910V LED Explanation WAN Phone J U ACT DMZ FXS1 FXS2 VPN USB W1 W2 P1 P2 P3 f LED Status Explanation ACT Activity Blinking The router is powered on and running properly The router is powered off DMZ DMZ Host is specified in certain site FXS1 FXS2 On The phone is off hook the handset of phone is hanging A phone call is incoming or on line VPN The VPN tunnel is launched USB The USB interface printer or 3G USB modem is ready WAN W1 W2 Orange A normal 10Mbps WAN link is ready A normal 100Mbps WAN link is ready Ethernet packets are transmitting LAN P1 P2 A normal 10Mbps connection is through its corresponding P3 P4 port A normal 100Mbps connection is through its corresponding port Ethernet packets are transmitting Connector Explanation USB F P4 P3 averws Interface Description USB Connecter for a USB printer or 3G USB modem PWR Connecter for a power adapter with 12 15VDC ON OFF Power Switch FXS2 amp FXSI Connecters for telephone set and analog phone with VoIP communication LAN P4 PI Connecters for local networked devices W2 W1 Connecter for accessing Internet with the ADSL ADSL2 2 line Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release t
50. based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 222 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN Username C PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel YJ Compression On off CO L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method i Pre Shared K Specify ISDN CLID or Remote YPN Gateway V Pre Shared Key Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP IKE Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 C Digital Signature x 509 or Peer ID IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minute s If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN Username draytek PPTP Password e0000 CI IPSec Tunnel YJ Compression on off C L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method f Pre Shared Ke Specify ISDN CLID or Remote YPN Gateway y Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 208 Digital Signature x 509 or Peer ID IPSe
51. be cut off due to network environment blocked by any reason Features of VPN Backup gt gt VPN Backup can judge abnormal situation for the environment of VPN server and correct it to complete the backup of VPN Tunnel in real time VPN Backup is complaint with all WAN modes single multi Dial out connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and ISDN depends on hardware specification The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure Filly compliant with VPN Server LAN Sit Single Multi Network Mail Alert support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration Syslog support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration Specific ERD Environment Recovery Detection mechanism which can be operated by using Telnet command VPN Backup profile will be activated when initial connection of single VPN tunnel is off line Before setting VPN TRUNK backup profile please configure at least two sets of LAN to LAN profiles with fully configured dial out settings first otherwise you will not have selections for grouping Memberl and Member 2 VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Backup Management Backup Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LaAW Profile is disable or under Dial In Call Direction at present Ho Status Name Member Active Type Member Active Type Status Enable
52. cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status l 3 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright LAN QoS FXS1 FXS2 VPN DSL Printer P1 R2 P3 P4 If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 2 1 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section 1f the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 251 Dray Te K For Windows J The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www draytek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Webwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3
53. connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN1 is failed WANI Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN1 Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WANI Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds Dr ay Tek 30 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 1 4 Internet Access For the router supports dual WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode for WANI and WAN2 the Access Mode for these two connections also varies slightly WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP Details Page Wale 3G USB Modem WAH gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP Details Page WAN2 Ethernet Mone PPPoE static or Dynamic IP PPTP LeTP Index It shows the WAN modes that this router supports WAN1 is the default WAN interface for accessing into the Internet WAN2 is the optional WAN interface for accessing into the Internet when WAN 1 is inactive for some reason Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 WAN2 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN1 Ethe
54. encryption mode Key Type the content for the key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Six peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Two peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function i Dray Tek 3 13 6 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only th
55. is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address i Dray Tek DNS Server Configuration of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor2910 to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Stat
56. k ale 26 k 21 TTT ki G oe k fe TT k i 2o ay 23 TTT k a 29 k 4 TT k Slo 30 k 25 TT k 10 TT k 2b TT k TL EEF k ff TT ki i TT k 2a TT k 13 TT k 29 TT k Td TTT k 30 TT k 15 TT k aL TT k 16 TT k J2 TT k saa R This Dial Out Profile has already joined for YPN BACKUP Mechanism HX RAK This Dial Out Profile does not join for VPN TRUNK Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively LAN to LAN profiles are suitable for dial out usage If the profile name displayed in red it means that the profile has been grouped into VPN TRUNK If the profile name displayed in black it means that profile is not grouped into VPN TRUNK and can be invoked individually Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 123 Dray Te k Index Name Status 1 2 5 Y i 2 5 1 y d 2 29 y 4 2 229 Y J 26 Y 6 27 Y L 29 y 8 29 y 9 30 Y Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields When VPN TRUNK is activated several fields e g Dial in Settings Dial in selection in Call Direction a
57. len 0 0 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 207 Dray Te k 3 17 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected 5S static R RIP default private a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 3 1 Want E C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN Cc 172 16 33 07 255 255 255 0 is directly connected Want vi Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 17 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh A IP Address Mac Address 192 168 1 10 O0 OE A6 2a D5 A1 172 16 3 112 00 40 Ca 6B 56 Ba 172 16 3 132 00 05 5D E4 ED 86 172 16 3 20 00 0D 60 6F 83 BC 172 16 3 121 00 0C 6E E7 79 99 172 16 3 141 00 11 2F C7 39 0B 172 16 3 133 00 50 7F 23 4D B1 172 16 3 179 00 11 2F 4B 15 F2 172 16 3 21 00 05 5D 41 2B FF 172 16 3 2 00 11 D8 68 O0D aE 172 16 3 18 00 S50 FC 2F 3D 17 172 16 3 151 00 50 7F 2F 33 FF 172 16 3 19 00 O0D 60 6F 8
58. means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WAN 1 Bandwidth W AN2 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time The following two figures display different charts by daily and weekly Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WANT Bandwidth Refresh WAN 1 Bandwidth WAN Bandwidth Sessions Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 213 Dray Tek Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Refresh Show Chart WANT Bandwidth B0 The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past Dray Tek 214 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 17 10 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN ping through please select Unspecified Ping through VAN he k IP address Ruri Ping to Hast 7 IP GateWay GateWayz DNS Result C
59. model only Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access H VPN Client Wizard H VPN Server Wizard H Remote Access Control H PPP General Setup H IPSec General Setup H IPSec Peer Identity H Remote Dial in User H LAN to LAN H VPN Backup Management H Connection Management 3 9 1 VPN Client Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN client Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial out connection from server to client step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment LAN to LAaNn YPN Cliant Mode Selection Route Mode Please choose a LAN to LaN Profile Index Status Name Note If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT mode otherwise choose Route Mode co ack Meaxt gt Finish Cancel LAN to LAN Client Mode Choose the client mode Selection Route Mode NAT Mode If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose this mode otherwise please choose Route Mode Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 105 Dray Te k Route Route Made MAT Mode Please choose a There are 32 VPN tunnels for users to set LAN to LAN Profile Index Status Name a 1 rr E x x fare 4 x vr 5 x fares x eee x fares g x vi J x faa 10 x faa 11 x fae 12 x vr 13 x vid 14 fae 15 x vi 16 x f
60. ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do 158 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Default SIP Account Play dial tone only when account registered FXO Feature something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Check this box to invoke the function Enable ISDN to VoIP On Net Calls Check this box to make all the outgoing calls from ISDN line to be forwarded to receivers by Internet Enable VoIP to ISDN Off Net Calls Check this box to make all the incoming calls coming from Internet to be forwarded to receivers by ISDN line In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manua
61. next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Note Before enable QoS you should test the real bandwidth first QoS may not work properly if the bandwidth is not accurate Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25 g Class 2 25 k Class 3 25 k Others bs ke LJ Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 6 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page WAN Inbound Bandwidth It allows you to set t
62. obtained from Vigor 2910VGi The selection of Loop through and Backup Phone Number is only available for 2910VGi model VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP WRAL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number og alitelogy Default Mone Oj a mD o o Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Dial Out Account Loop through Backup Phone Number Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Click this to enable this entry The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address Choose one of the SIP accounts for this profile to dial out If caller and callee do not use the same SIP server sometimes the VoIP phone call connection may not succeed By using the specified dial out account the successful connection can be assured Dial Gut Account Default Detault For the model of Vigor 2910VGi the selection should be as the following Loop through When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the
63. of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below Add and Edit IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address Refresh It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 49 Dray Te k Add Edit Delete It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the 3 2 5 Web Authentication router might not be accessed The purpose of web authentication is to offer a convenient accessing management When such function is enabled all the users in LAN side without passing t
64. policy Choose Activate MAC address filter to type in the MAC addresses for other clients in the network manually Choose Isolate WLAN from LAN will separate all the WLAN stations from LAN based on the MAC Address list Policy Actwate MAC address filter Activate MAC address filter Isolate VLAN fram LAN Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Four buttons Add Remove Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client s select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add a new MAC address into the list Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit the selected MAC address in the list Give up the access control set up 178 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 3 13 5 WDS WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LAM a a LAN1 LAN2 The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below SH Host with Host with Host with
65. router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The file RTSxxx exe will be asked to copy onto your computer Remember the place of storing the execution file 1 Goto www draytek com 2 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Firmware menu and click it Search the model you have and click on it to download the newly update firmware for your router About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Downloads Model Name Firmware Version Release Date Firmware Vigor120 series A A 26 06 2009 Driver Vigor2100 series 2 6 2 26 02 2008 Utility Vigor2104 series 2 5 13 02 2008 Udy acin Vigor2110 series 3 3 0 25 06 2009 l Datasheet Vigor2200 X W E 2 3 11 22 09 2004 aaa R amp TTE Certification Vigor2200Eplus raw 18 02 2009 Vigor2200USB 2 3 10 16 03 2005 3 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Utility menu and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Utility Utility Downloads Tools Name Release Date Version os Support Model aes Router Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows All Modules SE e J S Driver Syslog Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows XP All Modules MS Vista Utility VigorPro Alert Notice 2009 06 03 1 1 0 MS Windows XP VigorPro 100 series Utility Introduction Tools Multi MS Vista VigorPro 5500 series pe
66. secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Dray Tek 240 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local C
67. still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the page similar to the following graphic to the service center of DrayTek Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 257 Dray Te k Fe DrayTek Sysloz Controls 192 168 1 1 a WAN Status gt g x TEE Getway IP Static Tx Packets RY Rate 1 j l DrayTek vigor2910 oa LAM Status TH Packets Rs Packets WAN IP Static Ris Packets Ts Rate Fire Wall Lag VPM Log User Access Log Cal Log WAN Log Network Infomation Net State E Time Host Message A Apr 12 09 17 49 Vagor WaAN2 PPPoE Frotocol LCP c021 ConfReg Identifier 0x03 ACCOM 0x0 Authe Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor 30 Modem statis al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 03 00 Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor WAN PPPoE Protocol LOP c021 ConfReg Identifier 0x00 MEU 1500 ACCE Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor WANS PPPoE Y 1 T 1 PADS ID 0 Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor 33 Modem response CONNECT 3600000 Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor 30 Modem status a1 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor 30s Modem stataz al 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 OO Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor 30 Modem dial 4 TD T 9o Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor WANS PPPoE 1 T 1 PADR D0 Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor WANS PPPoE Y 1 T 1 PADOID O Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor 33 Modem response OE Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor 203 Modem tutialize AT amp FEOY 1X1 D2 A 100 Apr 12 09 17 49 Vigor WANS PPPoE 1
68. such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 101 Dray Te k ice RE oe General Connect to the Internet using J IF Broadband e R on Router Thit connection allows pou to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected po Services Advanced Settings Select the services running on your network that Internet users can ACCESE O Ftp Esample menmegr 192 168 29 11 131735 60654 UDF B msnmsor 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP menmegr 192 168 29 11 8789 63231 TCF Add Edit ajete E es D Eaa The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Considerations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches and adding port mappings Non privileged users can control som
69. to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation Dr ay Tek 100 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 8 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provides the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you Intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Br
70. to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting 1s dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang on
71. use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the username and password with the ISP Idle Timeout Idle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP will always remain on Fixed IP In most environments you should not change these settings as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Dray Tek 164 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Yes to invoke this function and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Fixed IP Address 3 12 3 Dialing to Dual ISPs Type the IP address If you have more than one ISP press this link to configure two ISP dialup profiles You will be able to dial to both ISPs at the same time This is mainly for those ISPs that do not support Multiple Link PPP ML PPP function In such cases dialing to two ISPs can increase the bandwidth utilization of the ISDN channels to 128kbps data speed ISON gt Dialing to Dual ISPs Dual ISP Common Settings 1 Enable Dual ISPs Function 2 CI Require ISP callback CBCP Primary ISP Setup Dial Number Username Password IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fized IP Address PPP MP Setup Link Type Dialup BOD PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout 180 second s Secondary ISP Setup IS
72. v Voice Active Detector SIP URL fo Default SIP Account CO DND Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup O Play dial tone only when account registered Default Call Route C C C C To ISDN Dial for VoIP Note Action and Idle Timeout settings willl be ignored To VoIP Dial for ISDN Index 1 603 in Phone Book as Exception List L PLAC LI L CLIR thide caller I0 O call Waiting O call Transfer Hotline Session Timer T 38 Fax Function Call Forwarding DND Do Not Disturb mode Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically If the remote end also supports FAX function you can check this box to enable this function There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out disable always busy Call Forwarding No answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc
73. you to configure VLAN settings through wired connection to achieve the above intention Simply check P1 and P2 boxes on the line of VLANO and check P3 and P4 boxes on the line of VLANI VLAN gt gt Wired VLAN Configuration Wired VLAN Configuration Enable P1 P2 P3 P4 VLANO CI LI VLANI C d VLAN C C O F VLAN3 O O d F Enable Check this box to enable this function for VLAN Configuration Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 185 Dray Te k P1 P4 Check the box to make the computer connecting to the port being grouped in specified VLAN Be aware that each port can be grouped in different VLAN at the same time only if you check the box For example if you check the boxes of VLANO P1 and VLANI P1 you can make P1 to be grouped under VLANO and VLANI simultaneously VLANO 3 This router allows you to set 4 groups of virtual LAN Note If WAN2 interface has been enabled the P1 boxes will serve as WAN interface and cannot be checked as shown in the following diagram Wired VLAN Configuration Menable P1 P2 P3 P4 VLANO C O VLANI d F d VLAN C C VLAN3 F d d 3 14 2 Wireless VLAN PCs equipped with wireless network cards connected to the router through wireless interface can be divided into different groups and formed W_VLAN PCs under the same groups can share each other information through the router and will not be peeked by other groups PCs under the same groups can use same Login ID and password to access into Internet
74. you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 3 7 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable A4oply to 2nd Subnet Disable Default Tx Limit kbps Default Ex Limit Kbps Limitation List TX limit RA limit Shared Specific Limitation state end Each Shared TX Limit Kbps Rx Limit Kops Time Schedule Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Disable Dray Tek Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Apply to 2 Subnet if bandwidth limit function is enabled please check this box to apply to second subnet Click this button to close the function of lim
75. 0 Series User s Guide 4 Application and Examples 4 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Router A Router B 220 135 240 208 l t t 20 135 240 210 Headquarter nterne Remote Branch Office 192 168 2 0 eo Bo Mail Server 192 166 2 21 197 166 27 22 wall 192 168 1 2 S 192 168 1 0 Marketing Dpt 192 168 3 0 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP EE PAP or CHAP 6 Start IP Address 192 160 1 200 Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAF Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 217 Dray Tek set general settings in IPSec General Setup
76. 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT NAT Port Redirection H DMZ Host H Open Ports H Address Mapping 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Dr ay Tek 52 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Port 213 2 A 192 168 1 22 DMZ FTP server Web Server 192 168 1 11 192 168 1 12 192 168 1 13 Port 21 Port 80 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt Port Redirection Por
77. 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 i directly connected IFO ao 211 100 88 0 205 2595 255 0 via 192 168 1 3 IFO Dr ay Tek 48 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 2 4 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthen control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Note IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IP Address Mac Address Index IF Address Mac Address 192 168 1 13 O00 OE A 6b 2A4 D5 Al 192 168 1 10 00 0O0D 0B A 86 F3 192 168 1 100 O0 08 Al 36 97 50D Add and Edit IF Address fs Mac Address fy koe oR OH Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Strict Bind Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table
78. 1b 11g 5uperG Mixed 11b 1 14 Index 1 15 Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work SSID The default SSID is default We suggest you change it to a particular name It is the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters Channel The channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The Dray Tek default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the 174 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Hide SSID Long Preamble Vigor2910 Series User s Guide selected channel is under serious interference Channel Channel 6 45 MHz Channel 1 2412hMHz Channel 2 2417 wWHz Channel 3 2422 MHz Channel 4 2447 MHz Channel 5 2432MHz Channel 6 24357 MHz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2wW1Hz Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync filed instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field Howev
79. 68 1 1 Login to the Router Web Configurator User name f admin Password _ Remember my password Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 15 Dr ay Tek 3 Now the Main Screen will pop up Notice that the main screen differs according to the model of the router that you have Below is an example Dray Tek www draytek com Vigor2910 Series ab F A Dual WAN Security Router A System Status J Quick Start Wizard Online Status Model Name Vigor2910VGi Firmware Version 3 2 4 WAN Build Date Time Tue Mar 16 17 11 8 46 2010 aii System WAN 1 ae CPU Usage 1 4 Link Status Disconnected Firewall Total Memory 16M MAC Address O0 50 7F DD 15 19 Objects Setting Memory usage 60 Connection bons CSM IP Address toon Bandwidth Management LAN Default Gateway i Applications MAC Address 00 50 7F DD 15 18 Primary DNS VPN cod Raate Acca 1st IP Address 192 168 1 1 Secondary DNS ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Certificate Management DHCP Server gt Ves Wireless LAN VolP Primary DNS MAC Address 00 14 85 08 69 19 ISDN Secondary DNS Frequency Domain Europe Wireless LAN Firmware Version 2 01 10 10 5 4 VLAN VoIP USB Application Port il 2 System Maintenance SIP registrar i Diagnostics Account ID change_me change_me All Rights Reserved a a In Calls 0 0 Out Calls 0 0 a lt 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password System Maintenance gt Administrator Password Setup
80. 9 2990 UL SIF wie Informats s MAC Address 00 GE A6 2A D5 A 1 Default Geteway 197 16811 IP Address 192 168 1 10 DHCP Server 152 168 1 1 ADSL ma SNR Margin E a a a Dray Tek 202 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 16 6 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2010 May 6 Thu 2 38 29 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address pool ntp org Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin v Enable Daylight Saving Automatically Update Interval 30 min Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Client Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Such function is useful for some area Automatically Update Interval Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Click OK to save these settings Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 203 Dray Te k 3 16 7 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for acces
81. 9 Ca Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the whole table Dray Tek 208 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 17 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assiqned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCP server Running Index IF ddress Mic Address Leased Time HasT ID 1 192 165 1 10 OO OF ai6 28 D5 a1 0 00 02 630 ok leeqiyiyo sSu Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 17 5 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the setup page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table Refresh 192 165 1 24 9 935 169 192 166e1 207 46 25 2 192 168 1 207 46 5 10 Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 209 Dray Te k Peer IP Po
82. A Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 z View Trusted CA 2 Vi lew Delete Trusted C4 3 lew Delete IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Cerificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X09 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file a Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information S hitp 192 168 1 1 Certificate Information Microsoft Internet Explorer Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CaA 1 Issuer Valid From Valid To Close Dray Tek 140 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 10 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Certificate Management g
83. AT gt Address Mapping Index No 1 C Enable Protocol WAN Interface WAT IP Private IP Subnet Mask Enable Protocol WAN Interface WAN IP Dray Tek idz M Check to enable this entry Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or ALL for selection Select WAN interface for such profile Select an IP address the selections provided here are set in IP Alias List of Network gt gt WAN interface Local host can use this 60 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide IP to connect to Internet If you want to choose any one of the Public IP settings you must specify some IP addresses in the IP Alias List of the Static DHCP Configuration page first If you did not type in any IP address in the IP Alias List the Public IP setting will be empty in this field When you click Apply a message will appear to inform you Private IP Assign an IP address e g 192 168 1 10 or a subnet to be compared with the Public IP address for incoming packets Subnet Mask Select a value of subnet mask for private IP address 3 4 Objects and Groups For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP addr
84. Active View Log Force Update Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s Display current WAN interface used for accessing Internet Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Display if this account is active or inactive Display DDNS log status Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password fest Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password O Wildcards C Backup Mx Mail Extender Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface Service Provider Service Type Domain Name Login Name Password WANT First dyndns org www dyndns org ka chronica ayednsinfo max 23 characters max 23 characters SSS E Check this box to enable the current account If you did check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 Select the WAN interface order to apply settings here Sel
85. B Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Write Protect Status No Disk Capacity 1967 MB Free Capacity 1610 ME Refresh FIP User Connected Refresh Index Username IP Address ale m om E w M Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it 3 16 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status TR 069 Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance gt System Status H Administrator Password H Configuration Backup H SysLog Mail Alert H Time and Date H Management H Reboot System H Firmware Upgrade Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 195 Dray Te k 3 16 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Vigor2910VGi Firmware Version 3 2 4 Build Date Time Tue Mar 16 17 11 3 46 2010 System WAN 1 CPU Usage 2 Link Status Connected Total Memory 16M MAC Address 00 50 7F DO 15 19 Memory usage 60 6
86. Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes Documents Settings Ea Control Panel Foy ey Network Connections Search amp Printers and Faxes of Taskbar and Start Menu Help and Support Run Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer Internet Explorer Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 9 Dray Tek 3 Open File gt Add a New Computer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Q Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects I through a USB port or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable Edit View Favorites Tools into your computer or point the printer toward your Add Printer T computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Server Properties S P Sea Windows will automatically install the printer for you Set Up Faxing S Printers and Faxes To continue click Next Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties ROR Cancel Close m 4 Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select
87. Connection Static IF IF Address 172 16 5 102 LAN Default Gateway 172 16 1 1 MAC Address 00 50 7F DO 15 18 Primary LNS ere ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 TECON DIE ist Subnet Mask eb 255 2550 DHCF Server Yes Wireless LAN Primary DNS l MAC Address O0 14 85 08 69 19 Secondary ONS Frequency Domain Europe Firmware Yersion 2 01 10 10 5 4 VoIP Port i 1 z SIF registrar l Account ID change_me change_me Register Codec In Calls 0 0 Out Calls 0 0 Model Name Display the model name of the router Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface 1 IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface 1 Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Frequency Domain It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various Firmware Version It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card Thi
88. Disable Memberi Please choose the combination that you want w Member2 Please choose the combination that you want w Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN Backup profile No The order of VPN Backup profile Status y means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 133 Dray Te k Name on Backup Profile field Member on Backup Profile field Active on Backup Profile field Type on Backup Profile field Member2 on Backup Profile field Status Profile Name Member 1 Member2 Add Edit Delete Dray Tek Display the name of VPN TRUNK profile Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below After choosing one of the profile listed above please click Enable to activate this profile If you click Disable the selected VPN Backup profile will not have any effect for VPN tunnel Type a name for VPN Backup profile Each profile can group two VPN connections set in LAN to LAN The saved VPN profiles in LAN to LAN will be shown on Mem
89. E E E dee teee sated oeensnereeaaigusteecueeoratsatets 142 Tig DIAIR e E pesaahsaaenoceaanessdetariessetsananssesanessaetanesceenipessesiagerseaseess 143 3112 IP ACCOUN Coe ne ee EE EEES 147 321 123 Phone SOUAGS somara nnr Eae anea eoa 151 Be EW Ae Sre i E E N E E ETE E A E E E 161 Dray Te K viii Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Bd ONE eae te tena cares E ear E E E E E 162 CACARE Ca SUD A EE A E E AAT N A AAE 163 312 2 Dialing to a Smole IOP asina ae a a a a a O ES 164 2123 Dialing WO TAU NP Sean A T 165 Se Aal TA e a E e a a a A E E 165 aA AC O O a E E A E A E 169 AANS LAN aea A E T E S 171 3 131 Basie CONCEPITE E EE EEEN 171 oP ee Oe al SS MIS A resets E E E E E E E E E 174 SEESE o TE AEA E E A EN E E E E A N E E A 176 3 134 ACCESS CONTO sienn EA E 178 TS ND a E E E de seeesgeeceecooneseaeesasaeceaseene 179 SEAP DISCOV GLY serra aE E E E mend aomanitaneec islet 182 AA O L e a E gre suse S E E 183 ISSOIRE CONTO ana E 184 A TND FRON EOG IN aere a A 184 AVEAM E A E 185 TATA VLAN ee E E EE ER 185 AL AlS VEAN eee E EE eee eee ee 186 3 14 3 VLAN Cross SQUID sieiccsctcseunsctectwe xtadonesia sinana aa eana EE EEEE EEE 189 3 14 4 Wireless Rate Control cccccccccccccccceeecseeeseeceeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeseseeesseseeeeessssaeaaeeeeeesseaaegeess 191 SIS LIS AD ll CUO I rao teeaeccseee desecndect aocseeacmeeuseatjeccaceeqeciesmad E aE A eaea ei 192 Fol FIr Genera SIN Se cteso sade E nas otaccuer gada wees onedseasousuccan sec neneanaeen beosce
90. Enable The system will send connection request binding message to STUN server Server IP Type the domain name or IP address of the STUN server Server Port Type the server port The default setting is 3478 Minimum Keep Alive Period The default setting is 60 seconds It determines the minimum period that the STUN binding request must be sent by the CPE to maintain the binding Maximum Keep Alive Period It determines the maximum period that the STUN binding request must be sent by the CPE to maintain the binding This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Old Password Dray Tek Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank 198 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide New Password Type in new password in this filed Confirm New Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again 3 16 4 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file rae Click Restore to uplo
91. Ethernet WAS PPTP 0 00 15 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 168 29 202 192 168 29 1 103 119 14 6 Online status for Static IP for WAN1 Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 12 38 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 194 98 0 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 169 50 111 4910 3663 Enable Line Hame Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet Wahl 1 Static IP 0 10 08 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 168 22 111 192 168 222 105 91 21 94 a WAN Status gt gt Drop PPTP Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet WAS PPTP GO o0s Ls IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 168 29 202 192 168 29 1 103 119 14 6 Dr ay Te k 24 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Online status for DHCP Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 17 57 LAN Status Primary DNS 169 95 1 1 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 12 Lom S0 4 4d 856 foo WAN 1 Status gt gt Release Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet DHCP Client 0 01 49 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 168 22 10 192 166 22 105 3 a T J WAH Status gt gt Drop PPPoE Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet PPPoE 0 01 39 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 202 211 100 176 202 211 100 170 35 E 46 4 Detailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Secondary DNS LAN Status IP Address TX Packets RX Packets WANI 2 Status Line Name Mode
92. H High ESP Oo ES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number minute s Callback Budget 7 Atlast set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 From first subnet to remote network you have to do RIP Direction Route Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Local Network IP Local Network Mask lore 192 166 1 1 C Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 255 255 255 0 Dray Tek Settings in Router B in the remote office 220 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP PAP or CHAP lw Start IP Address 192 168 2 200 Authentication oe Ww MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAF Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general se
93. IDES MDS 1 SIDES SHAT 61 AESiT246 MDS 61 AES T20 SHAT G1 AESIS2 MDS G1 AFSIS2 SHAT G1 AES256 SHAI G14 IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters The callback function provides a callback service as a part of PPP suite only for the ISDN dial in user The router owner will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Require Remote to Callback Enable this to let the router to require the remote peer to callback for the connection afterwards Provide ISDN Number to Remote In the case that the remote peer requires the Vigor router to callback the local ISDN number will b
94. IP as the DMZ host WAN 1 Active rue IP Mone Private IF Active True IF Private IP If you choose Private IP as the selection for DMZ host please type in private IP or select any one by clicking the Choose PC button MAC Address of the True If you choose Active True IP as the selection for DMZ host IP DMZ Host please type in MAC address in these fields If you previously have set up WAN IP Alias on WANT interface while configuring PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP or PPTP by accessing into WAN gt gt Internet Access you will find them in Aux WAN IP list for your selection NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAH IP Private IP WAN 2 Enable Private IP E Cid Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Dr ay Tek 56 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Private IP Choose PC Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host A hino x 132 168 110 Loe 1681 18 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN
95. Ie k Dray Tek and you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TWyrO Draytek emailaddress Mot Valid Yet GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MITBQICCARMC ADAWOTELHARGALUEBHNCYFCHEDACBRGNVEAGTBORYYS1LOZWsx ID de BokqHEIGOWOBCQEWESERyYZsN2zOGRyYAlLOeWsuYe SCM IGLMADGCS GAGs Ins DOERAGUA L4GNADCBAiQKBGODP ioahu gF OaYBlceSOERSD WknIdub lolktScTaLUDaFkesad SubegytoViLBJ 22 IDFOx eb6iprevleituylsgq4lgz60k rGhuVTKd9 76PlernkP Aus4te253 ct UbBaAND4wocevms yD IShHLAIAEVYPUpNRYIroTe Re RkRMAaAHEVpYpwiDsoib oCkudJwYdJEog lhvcN AgkONRowsDAWwRGQnVHREEDs NgqgqtkemF Sd6VrLilvhTanbgkg heiGIWORBAQUF ALOBQQaUuSBRUGtAV LASS AwToemlt thew Evg t7kKFleTJivh URLG4CiEi 6nvV4hNRytex2pEfbstar SqRRErsebRooedeol45560ece NlGhoyegti TSF qki JN ihip4stTcjecSh 2 jmQoSUU BceesTG SCkCyeqqu Eo ATOF a BYGyiw You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Local Issuer U STCh Vvigor Subject femailAddress pressi draytek com C TVvi0 Draytek AE EROTU ONS draytek com valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT 242 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 4 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server LA Server A LA Server B 2 User imports the CA i F certificate as
96. L keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Based on the list of user defined keywords the URL Content Filter facility in Vigor router inspects the URL string in every outgoing HTTP request No matter the URL string is found full or partial matched with a keyword the Vigor router will block the associated HTTP connection For example if you add key words such
97. Name for YPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Link Type Username Password PPP Authentication vJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key eeeees Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup bE EE Ld Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for YPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Link Type Username draytek Password 0000000 PPP Authentication PAP CHAP YJ Compression on O off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 4 4 J Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is
98. Net Calls be ignored E l ISDN Loop Through Ring Port Index 1 603 in Phone Book as Exception List only When Router REN marsiho nno nort Enoti _ then this will take effect O CLIR hide caller 1D Broadcast call FXS1 F52 Hotline Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Session Timer Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically ISDN Loop Through Ring Click the radio button to specify which port will ring if MSN Port mapping ring port configured in ISDN gt gt General Setup is not set properly Broadcast call Both FXS1 and FXS2 will ring FXS 1 Such port will ring FXS 2 Such port will ring Call Forwarding There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 157 Dray Te k DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Prefer Codec Dray Tek only when the local system is busy No answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Call Forwarding disable no answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa dra
99. P Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy Dray Tek 40 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide WAN gt gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 Enable Protocal Binding WAN interafce Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port start Dest Port End Enable Protocol Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Vigor2910 Series User s Guide k TCP 192 165 1 3 168 95 0 100 lt ee ee oo m 0 a oo P3 T iD n oo oo lt tM i A Cancel Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Choose the WAN interface WAN1 or WAN2 for binding Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface
100. P Name dingo Dial Number mm mm H pim Lo F Lo Username amor Password IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fized IP Address Most configuration parameters are the same as those of the previous part This screen provides a checkbox to enable the Dual ISPs function and adds the secondary ISP Setup section field Check the corresponding box and enter the second ISP information About the details please refer to the descriptions of the previous part 3 12 4 Virtual TA Virtual TA means the local hosts or PCs in the network that uses popular CAPI based software such as RVS COM or BVRP to access the router as a local ISDN TA for sending or receiving FAX messages over the ISDN line Basically it is a client server network model The built in Virtual TA server handles the establishment and release of connections The Virtual TA client which is installed on the local hosts or PCs creates a CAPI based driver to relay all CAPI messages between the applications and the router CAPI module Before describing the configuration of Virtual TA in the Vigor routers please notice the following limitations The Virtual TA client only supports Microsoft Windows 98 SE 2000 XP platforms The Virtual TA client only supports the CAPI 2 0 protocol and has no built in FAX engine One ISDN BRI interface has two B channels The maximum number of active clients is also two Before you confi
101. P2 P3 A normal 10Mbps connection is through its P4 corresponding port A normal 100Mbps connection is through its corresponding port Blinking Ethernet packets are transmitting Connector Explanation Pa P2 PTiwe2 wt D Interface Description USB Connecter for a USB printer or 3G USB modem PWR Connecter for a power adapter with 12 ISVDC ON OFF Power Switch LAN P4 PI Connecters for local networked devices W2 W 1 Connecter for accessing Internet with the ADSL ADSL2 2 line Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Note For the USB port can be used to connect 3G USB modem or USB printer therefore the original name printer 1s changed into USB in the future Dr ay Te k 2 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 1 2 2 For Vigor2910G LED Explanation WAN LAN ACT DMZ QoS Attack WLAN USB W1 W2 P1 P2 LED SIGLI Explanation ACT Activity The router is powered on and running properly The router is powered off DMZ DMZ Host is specified in certain site QoS The QoS function is active The QoS function is inactive Attack DoS Defense function is active An attack is detected WLAN Wireless access point is ready Wireless traffic goes through
102. Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ols Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings OSE Discard current settings and allow users to input settings again Add Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 4 for detailed explanation 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first The displays of LED indicators and connectors for the routers are different slightly The following sections will introduce them respectively Vigor2910 Series User s Guide l Dray Te k 1 2 1 For Vigor2910 LED Explanation WAN LAN a ACT DMZ QoS Attack VPN USB W1 W2 P1 P2 LED Status Explanation ACT Activity The router is powered on and running properly Off The router is powered off DMZ DMZ Host is specified in certain site QoS The QoS function is active The QoS function is inactive Attack DoS Defense function is active An attack is detected VPN The VPN tunnel is launched USB The USB interface printer or 3G USB modem is ready WAN W1 W2 Orange A normal 10Mbps WAN link is ready A normal 100Mbps WAN link is ready Ethernet packets are transmitting LAN P1
103. Signature 509 L2TP with IPSec Policy L Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP orPeerID i O DES Z 3DES H AES Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block OpPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc Multicast via YPN Enable this account ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP Specify Remote Node Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Localo optional Callback Function C Check to enable Callback function O Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control minute s Callback Number Callback Budget Check the box to enable this function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allow the remote ISDN dial in connection You can further set up Callback function below You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below This feature is for i model only Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec
104. T 1 PADI ID O lt ADSL Status ait Pee iP Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor2910 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Q Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you lt did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings Dr ay Tek 258 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do You want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blink
105. There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over PSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the valu
106. VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Set two or more LAN to LAN profiles first 2 Access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Backup Management 3 Set one group of VPN backup profile by choosing Enable radio button type a name for such profile choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member drop down list choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member2 drop down list last click Add VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Backup Management Backup Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LaAN Profile is disable or under Dial In Call Direction at present No Status Name Hemberi Active Type Member f Active Type 1 kti YonBbackup 3i YES IPSec 4 YESI L2TF over IPSec MUST 2 PotpBackup I1 YES PPTP 2UYESIPPIP Status Enable Disable Profile Name Memberi Please choose the combination that you wart z Member Please choose the combination that you want lonnection Type gt VPH ServerlP Private Network gt 5 LTF 192 168 2 2 192 168 26 0 6 IPSec 192 168 0 27 192 168 27 0 7 20 PPTP 192 168 0 280192 1698 2 0 g 29 L2TP over I PSec NICEj 192 1668 0 29 192 168 29 0 3 J 30 LTF over IPSec NICEj192 168 0 30 192 168 30 03 10 31 LTF over IPSec HICE 192 168 0 31 192 168 31 0 4 Index No 1 is the first VPN backup profile LAN to LAN profile of Index 3 is chosen as Member1 LAN to LAN profile of index 4 is chosen as Member2 At the same time LAN to LAN profiles of 3 and
107. a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password for confirmation Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAMI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK I Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 19 Dray Te k 2 2 2 PPTP Click PPTP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard PPTP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and PPTP server IP provided by Your ISP User Name Password ll Confirm Password WAN IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address PPTP Server IP Address Subnet Mask Primary ONS fs Second DNS fs Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAN Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPTP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current sett
108. acy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message 160 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide InBand OutBand RF C2833 SIP INFO cisco format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode Disallow VoIP to ISDN Set the prefix of the phone number to forbid the user dialing Calls with the Following through VoIP to ISDN All the phone number with the Prefixes prefix specified here will not be allowed to connect through the router If a user dials the number by force the router will disconnect it automatically The figure that you can type in this field 1s limited one to eleven with digits from zero to nine 3 11 4 Status On VolP call status you can find codec connection and other important call status for VoIP 1 2 ports VoIP gt Status Status Refresh Seconds Rx Elapse Tx Rx Rx F In Out Speaker Pont SEAS COURE PERFI hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts E Calls Calls Gain Fas 1 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Fas 2 IDLE 00 00 00 o 0 0 0 0 0 5 ISDNM1 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 a ISDN2 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Log Date Time Duration In Out Peer ID inen dd yyy y fhhimn 33 oo o0 oO oo oo0 00 00 00 00 O0 O0 OO O00 o0 O00 O0 O0 OO O00 o0 O00 m S m O ma S ma G ma S ma G m S m S go Re
109. ad the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File hs sA config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 199 Dray Te k Save ini E Desktop w My Recent Documents 2 Desktop Emy Documents My Computer Emy Network Places B RYS COM Lite Annex mmm _MWSnapsoo C TeleDanmark oo 9 Tools A My Documents 95 My Computer 2 v2k2_232_config_1 veke_250_config_1 File name contig w Configuration file we 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg My Hetwmork Save as type The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The foll
110. afe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www draytek com Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents For more detailed information please refer to http www draytek com iv Vigor2910 Series User s Guide European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Addre
111. ain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Account Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy en Ring Port Status 1 david iptel org intel org 5201 W voIPi voIp2 ISDN 2 change me vori O vor ISON 3 change me oIP1 Oyo ISDN 4 change_me Ovorpi Clvoip2 ISON 5 change me olP1 O vor ISON G change me O vori Oyor2 ISDN NAT Traversal Setting Index STUN server External IP SIP PING interval Vigor2910 Series User s Guide R success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server stun fwdnet net Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account 147 Dray Tek Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port STUN Server External IP SIP PING interval Status Display the profile name of the account Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Display the account name of SIP address before Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server
112. ake call without register SIP Port 5060 Domain Realm iptel org 63 char max Proxy liptel org 63 char max O Act as outbound proxy Display Name David 23 char max Account Number Name 4321 63 char max O Authentication ID 63 char max Password esoe 63 char max Expiry Time 1 hour sec NAT Traversal Support None E Myvoip1 Ovoirp2 ISDN Ring Pattern 1 Ring Port David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John 234 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Example 2 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from the same service provider John s SIP URL 1234 draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 draytel org Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name draytel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name John Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name
113. ake sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly 2 Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 99 Dray Tek 3 Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week 4 Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 3 8 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Server IP Address fs Destination Port Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used
114. akia Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Check for ISDN to VoIP Calls Set a pin code for the router to authenticate which one is allowed to dial ISDN to VoIP call The figure that you can type in this field is limited from three to eight with digits from zero to nine Check for VoIP to ISDN Calls Set a pin code for the router to authenticate which one is allowed to dial VoIP to ISDN call The figure that you can type in this field is limited from three to eight with digits from zero to nine DTMF mode There are four selections provided here InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accur
115. alue for second to specify valid time for sending data out gt When set value for lt second gt with 0 VPN tunnel that does not join Member1 will try to connect with VPN server of Member for every six seconds Once the connection is successful current transmitting data mail video conference or other will be dropped immediately gt When set value for lt second gt with 1 4294967295 The administrator can try to connect with VPN server within certain time Once the connection is successful current transmitting data mail video conference or other will be dropped immediately For example if you type 3600 as the value for lt second gt AutoDrop will be done with 30 seconds 3531 3600 for the backup VPN tunnel If you set 30 as the value for lt second gt it will be regarded as 0 Dr ay Tek 250 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still
116. an share the account set in remote VPN dial in profiles Click this button and press Account Setting link to choose one of the accounts total 32 profiles for applying to the web authentication Timeout Setting Users might have to re login after passing the timeout setting specified here When you enable the timeout setting please specify the conditions for logout Click Disable to disable the timeout feature Welcome Message Such message will be displayed on the redirect page when you access into the URL that you want Connection Status Display IP username login time etc of the users logging currently How to use Web Authentication Before passing the web authentication from the router any user will be directed into the following screen whenever he tries to access into Internet via http or https Welcome to Vigor V2910 Web Authentication Log in WEB HERE lf your browser does not support SSL click here Click the HERE link to access into the authentication page DrayTek WEB Authentication Login ID Password Type the ID and password configured in Common Account The default setting is draytek for both ID and password After entering the ID and Password click OK If you pass the authentication you will see the following page DrayTek WEB Authentication User login succeeds Now please surf the Internet Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 51 Dray Te k 3 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Net
117. andwidth 10000 kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail Class 25g Class 3 2s leg Others 25 le L Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 6 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 229 Dray Te k 6 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Mame HTTPS Wo Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint 10 Active Any Any ANY 7 Click Setup link for WAN1 Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Index Status Bandwidth Directon a 2a Others WANT Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 2596 2596 2596 2596 WAS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 2596 2596 2596 25 Class Rule Index Name Rule Class 1 E mail Edit Class 2 HTTPS Edit Class 3 Edit Service Type ANY Setto Factory Default UDP Bandwidth Control Inactive _ Setup Inactive Setup Service Type Edit 8 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of VoIP influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth WAN Outbound Bandwidth Index Class Name Class 1 E mail Class 2 HTTP Class 3 Others Reserved bandwidth Ratio a 5 w a E ie Lim
118. ansfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets Dr ay Tek 78 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 6 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default Set Comments Set Comments il Default Call Filter 2 Default Data Filter g a h 4 10 a Ti G 12 To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down Oo UP Down o uP Down O UP Down O UP Down 6 O UP Down O UP Next Filter Set Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maxim
119. art Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 23 Dray Te k 2 3 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status ADSL Information and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE as the protocol you will find out a button of Dial PPPoE or Dial PPPoE in the Online Status web page Online status for PPPoE Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 0 41 LAN Status Primary DNS 61 31 2353 1 Secondary DNS 139 175 55 244 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 197 166 50 117 240 210 WAH 1 Status gt gt Drop PPPoE Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet PPPoE 0 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 219 81 160 205 211 78 2168 40 6 29 6 12 WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Wes Ethernet Static IP 0 00 32 IP GW IP TX Fackets TX Rate RX Fackets RX Rate 192 168 4 1035 192 168 4 1 1 a 1 q Online status for PPTP for WAN2 Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 12 38 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 194 98 0 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 50 111 4910 3663 WAH 1 Status Enable Line Hame Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet Wah 1 Static IP 0 10 08 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 168 22 111 192 168 222 105 91 21 94 3 WAH 2 Status gt gt Drop PPTP Enable Line Hame Mode Up Time Yes
120. ase choose one of the CSM profiles applied by this filter rule For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record CSM information by checking the Syslog box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 14 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Dr ay Tek 82 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup Call Filter Enable Start Filter Set Set l Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Joet 2 vY Disable Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Log Filter Pass F IM P2P Filter None Fj O Apply IP filter to YPN incoming packets Firqwall gt gt Filter Setup Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packe Filtr Setup C ance Jp Comments Default Call Filter Default Data Filter Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Default Comments F Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down UP Down Firewall gt gt Edit Fi
121. ase use WAN IP alias function to record these IPs first Then use address mapping function to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias For example you have IP addresses ranging from 86 123 123 1 86 123 123 8 However your router uses 86 123 123 1 and the rest of the IPs are recorded in WAN IP alias You want that private IP 192 168 1 10 can use 86 123 123 2 as source IP when it sends packet out Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Dray Tek to Internet You can use address mapping function to achieve this demand Simply type 192 168 1 10 as the Private IP and type 86 123 123 2 as the WAN IP NAT gt Address Mapping Address Mapping Setup Index Protocol L ALL 2 ALL 3 ALL 4 ALL 5 ALL 6 ALL T ALL g ALL q ALL 10 ALL Protocol Public IP Private IP Mask Status Setto Factory Default Public IP Private IP Mask Status 1f2 16 35 102 fae i 1 2 16 35 102 a2 i 172 16 3 102 faz i 172 16 3 102 32 m8 1f2 16 3 102 faz i 172 16 35 102 32 i 1f2 16 3 102 a2 i 172 16 35 102 32 8 1f2 16 3 102 a2 i 172 16 35 102 32 i Display the protocol used for this address mapping Display the public IP address selected for this entry e g 172 16 3 102 Display the private IP set for this address mapping e g 192 168 1 10 Display the subnet mask selected for this address mapping Display the status for the entry enable or disable Click the index number link to open the configuration page N
122. ata 1 fae 16 x eee 19 x vr 2 x faa el x fae ae x fara 23 x vr 24 x vf 25 x TPT 26 x fare p ef x vi 20 x fares 24 x rrr e When you finish the mode and profile selection please click Next to open the following page VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Connection Setting Security ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest Throughput ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest 1 L2TP over IPSec 1 PPTP None Encryption 2 IPSec 2 L2TP 3 PPTP Encryption 3 IPSec Lee 4 L2TFP over IPSec 5 PPTP None Encryption 5 PPTP Encryption PPTP i None Encr yvotion PPTP Encryption Select YPN Type PPTP None Encryption cd IPSec LTF LATP over Pec Nice to Have In this page you have to select suitable VPN type for the VPN client profile There are six types provided here Different type will lead to different configuration page After making Dray Tek 106 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide the choices for the client profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection s you made When you choose PPTP None Encryption or PPTP Encryption you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client PPTP None Encryption Settings Profile Name YPN Connection Through Ol Always on Server IP Hoast Name for WPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Wscername Password Pemote Network IP Remot
123. ay Tek 256 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client WAN IP Network Settings WAN IP Alias Enable Disable o Obtain an IP address automatically ISDN Dial Backup Setup Router Name O bial Backup Mede Domain Name o t Required for same ISPs Keep WAN Connection Specify an IP address F Enable PING to keep alive IP Address 172 16 3 229 PING to the IP Oooo Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 PING Interval Os minutefs Gateway IP Address 1724 16 54 WAN Connection Detection DNS Server IP Address Mode ARP Detect Primary IP Address Ping IP fe Secondary IP Address TTL Default MAC Address MTU 1442 Mas 1500 Specify a MAC Address MAC Address RIF Frotocol oa 50 rr Hon 15 19 Enable RIP 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the following Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor2910 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor2910 USB LED lights on but the network connection does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disable PIN code and try again If it
124. base Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 Smurf attack 2 UDP flood attack 10 SYN fragment 3 ICMP flood attack 11 ICMP fragment 4 TCP Flag scan 12 Tear drop attack 5 Trace route 13 Fraggle attack 6 IP options 14 Ping of Death attack 7 Unknown protocol 15 TCP UDP port scan 8 Land attack Below shows the menu items for Firewall gt General Setup gt Filter Setup H DoS Defense 3 6 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 17 Dray Te k Firewal
125. ber and Member fields Display the selection for LAN to LAN dial out profiles configured in VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for you to choose for grouping under certain VPN backup profile No Index number of LAN to LAN dial out profile Name Profile name of AN to LAN dial out profile Connection Type Connection type of AN to LAN dial out profile VPN ServerIP Private Network VPN Server IP of LAN to LAN dial out profiles Add and save new profile to the backup profile list The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in such new VPN TRUNK profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in red Click this button to save the changes to the Status Enable or Disable profile name member1 or member2 Click this button to delete the selected VPN TRUNK profile The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in the deleted VPN TRUNK profile will be released and that profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in black 134 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Time for activating VPN Backup profile VPN TRUNK backup will be activated automatically after the initial connection of single VPN Tunnel off line The content in Member 1 2 within VPN TRUNK backup profile is similar to dial out profile configured in LAN to LAN web page VPN TRUNK backup profile will process and handle everything unless it is off line once it is activated How can you set a VPN Backup profile 1 Goto
126. ble C Enable Server IP Address 192 168 1 115 SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Enable syslog message Return Path Firewall Log Authentication YPN Lo O User bees Log eae mae O call Log Password O WAN Log O Router DSL information ti DrayTek Syslog Controls 192 168 1 1 WAN Status 2 i gt 4 Getway IP Fixed TX Packets RX Rate f 4 vigor router series Dmt Bis e CEO DE LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets TX Rate Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log BudgetLog Network Infomation Net State Time Host Message Jan 1 00 00 42 Vigor DoS syn_flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 10605 gt 192 168 1 1 23 PR 6 tep len 20 40 3943751 Jan 1 00 00 34 Vigor DoS iemp_flood Block 10s 192 168 1 115 gt 192 168 1 1 PR 1 cmp len 20 60 icmp 0 9 ADSL Status Mode State Up Speed Down Speed SNR Margin Loop tt Pais HANDSHAKE 0 0 0 0 0 0 86 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 7 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management H Sessions Limit H Bandwidth Limit H Quality of Service 3 7 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in imp
127. ble the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Always On If the broadband connection is no longer available the backup line will be activated automatically and always on until the broadband connection is restored We recommend you to enable this feature if you host a web server for your customers access Dial Backup Mode Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections if there 1s no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables informat
128. ble the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting 1s active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are us
129. blic IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Dr ay Te k 42 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 e ee Private Subnet Siar Router IP Address 192 168 1 1 Public Subnet aa 220 135 240 210 220 135 240 209 TA 192 168 1 22 192 168 1 11 What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet h RS 192 168 1 13 192 168 1 12 192 168 1 11 192 168 1 10 ae lt 1 f ae w a Ee
130. box to invoke wireless VLAN function Type Login ID for different groups of W_VLAN with 1 to 11 characters Type password for different groups of W_VLAN with 1 to 11 characters Click this button to set additional attributes settings for W_VLAN W_VLANO Attributes a et Activated Date 2006 w i wl w Expired Date 2010 JE W1 vi Connect all WDS links with this YLAN group Isolate each member in this YLAN group Activated Date Use the drop down lists to set the activated date for the wireless VLAN The wireless VLAN function will be available when the time is arrival Expired Date Use the drop down lists to set the expired date for the wireless VALN This function will be invalid when the time is arrival Connect all WDS links with this VALN group Check this box to activate this connection Isolate each member in this VLAN group Check this box to isolate all the members in this VLAN group and not allow the information sharing among them oo Dray Tek Disable broadcast and Check this box to prevent broadcast and multicast traffic multicast traffic forwarding to all W_VLAN How can you wireless client access into Internet After finishing the configuration of wireless VLAN the wireless clients connecting to this router must do the following steps to access into Internet 1 Open a browser and type http www draytek vlan login htm or http vigor router s IP address login htm on the a
131. bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 x ad The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 179 Dr ay Tek In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 a os Ea a i og i _ e Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Setto Factory Default Bridge Mode Enable Peer MAC Address diii Security J Disable WEP Pre shared Key i WEP _ Lw Ii Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings J i Encryption Mode Note Disable unused links to get better Key index performance ao is fixed if the security mode is not Repeater Enable Peer MAC Addess Key T ccankcea LL LL LL The key format is the sam
132. c It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec G 114 b4kbps GTMU b4eK bos 3 114 64k bos G 729A B Kbps G 723 6 4kbns Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size Ums Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting 154 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Default Call Route Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function It determines the default direction for the call route of the router To ISDN for VoIP The router is set by using ISDN call To change ISDN call into VoIP call please dial the character in this field for transferring The character that you can type can be and O 9 To VoIP for ISDN The router is set by using VoIP call To change VoIP call into ISDN call please dial the character in this f
133. c Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minutes 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooo oe first subnet to remote network you have to do Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Local Network IP 192 168 11 C Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 fwhore S eS m m Jk Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 223 Dr ay Te k 4 2 Create a Remote Dial in USer Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host YPN Router 210 135 240 108 a ay a a 5 Remote Network 192 168 1 0 Dial In 192 168 1 6 for IPSec 210 135 240 210 for PPTP or L2TP 192 168 1 2 192 168 1 3 Settings in VPN Router in the e
134. cation Method Pre Shared Key raytek com Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 Mone IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESF Username marketing Password Remote Network IP bhi a pam MN m oo lt lt Remote Network Mask 66255255 0 When you choose L2TP over IPSec Must you will see the following graphic Dr ay Tek 108 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP over IPSec Must Settings Profile Name YPN Connection Through O Always on Server IP Host Name for YPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Profile Name VPR 1 WANT First draytek com Mone marketing 192 165 1 5 kJ a ch ho a 01 ho a mn D 4 4 Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters VPN Connection Through Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN Always On Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WAMI First WANI First WANT Only WAND First WANZ Onl WAN I First While connecting the router will use WAN as the first channel for VPN co
135. ce of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration 3 15 3 USB Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the FTP users who accessing into FTP server USB diskette via the Vigor router USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Wo Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity OMB Refresh FIP User Connected Refresh Index Username IP Address T m7 om wa M Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Connection Status If there is no USB diskette connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Disk Capacity It displays the total capacity of the USB diskette Free Capacity It displays the free space of the USB diskette Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Username It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP server Dray Tek 194 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide IP Address It displays the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server When you insert USB diskette into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds Once the USB diskette has been found the connection status will display Disk Connected and the web page will be shown as follows USB Application gt USB Disk Status US
136. ce they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed i Dray Tek Dray Tek Block Unknown Protocol Warning Messages SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup M Ena
137. cify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Details Page for PPP To use PPP for 3G USB Modem as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPP mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 2 PPP Client Mode Enable Disable Modem Initial String Default ATRFEOV1X1 amp 028C 1S0 0 Modem Dial String Default ATDT 99 ppp Username _ Optional PPP Password Po Optionals Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup PPP Client Mode SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password Index 1 15 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Click Enable to activate this mode for WAN2 Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Type the name and click Apply Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP Type the PPP username optional Type the PPP password optional Set the PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre def
138. cinadsesessienendatedasncestensddesadadecnecdsdedatencnssdeteedseensdeessdoteeaterss 213 EPN DIAGNOS aa E E E 215 SIET OULS e E E E A E A S 215 Application and Examples iisecisvcnswecevenccecexenseacesenewacene susewcnescseccenscecswensvenevensne 217 4 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 00 217 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide ix Dr ay Tek 4 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 224 43 GO STUNG EXIM E eee a aT E oasis seetenenececeupeacatanese Gaas sence 228 44 LAN Created by Using NA T sgcecenesoee Goes ceseutceteeceyeocqeac iee a E 232 4 5 Calling Scenario for VOIP function ceeeeccccceeceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeessaaeeeeeeeeeeeseaas 234 4 5 1 Calling via SIP SVP ccccccccccceeeceseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeesseaeseeeeeesssseeaeseeeessaaageeseeeees 234 4 5 2 Peer to Peer Calling cccccccsssssseccceecceeeeseceeeeceseeesseeceeeeeseeeauseeeeeeesseeaaaseeeeesssaaaseeseeeees 236 4 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router c cccceeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeesaeeeeeessegeeeeeeeas 237 4 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Serve 0 ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneees 239 4 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Servet cc cccceeeeeeeeees 243 4 9 VPN Backup Application cccccccccsseeceeseeeeeeceeeeeesseeeeseeseeessaeeesseaseeeeeageeessaeeesenense
139. conds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the 84 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Block Ping of Death Block ICMP Fragment Block Land Vigor2910 Series User s Guide port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number
140. connection please select ISDN radio button to build ISDN dial out connection to the server You should set up Link Type and identity like User Name and Password for the authentication of remote server You can further set up Callback CBCP function below This feature is useful for i model only Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or wi
141. connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer users VPN and Remote Access gt IPSec Peer Identity X509 Peer ID Accounts Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 277 n 17 277 x 2 777 x 18 777 3 777 s 19 27 s 4 777 s 20 777 x 5 27 s 21 777 s 6 27 s 22 777 s i 277 n 23 277 x 8 777 s 24 777 x 9 777 s 25 777 s 10 777 s 26 777 x 11 777 s 27 777 s 12 777 s 28 777 s 13 277 s 29 277 x 14 277 s 30 277 x 15 277 s 31 777 s 16 777 s 32 777 x Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Name Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dr ay Tek 118 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name one Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Accept Subject Name Country C State ST Location Li Qrginizatian 04 Qrginizatian Unit OU Common Name CCN 4 Email E IPF Address kal Profile Na
142. count Number Name 1234 63 char max O authentication ID 63 char max Authentication ID unchecked password 63 char max Password blank Pogam hour _ i sec i NAT Traversal Support None Expiry Time use default value Ring Port Mvorp1 Ovoip2 ISDN Ring Pattern 1 M CODEC RTP DTME facas Use default value Arnor calls Paulin He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for Arnor VolP gt gt DialPlan Setup Settings for Paulin DialPlan index 1 Phone Book Index No 1 Phone Number 2222 a ee Display Name Arnor Display Name Amor E SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 sip ue Z oft 1728 Loop through None Backup Phone Number SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Arnor VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts Register via None SIP Account Index No 1 SIP Port 5060 default a cee Domain Realm blank SIP Port ETE Proxy blank aii es fe W Act as outbound proxy unchecked act as outbound proxy Display Name Paulin ee ae Account Name 4321 O Authentication 10 o 63 char max Authentication ID unchecked ipia Gore Password blank NAT Traversal Support None I Expiry Time use default value ae u Ma CODEC RTP DTMF Paulin calls Arnor Use default value He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John Dr ay Tek 236 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 4 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Before upgrading your
143. ctiveX object from the Internet will be refused Compressed file Check the box to activate the Block Compressed file function to prevent someone from downloading any compressed file The following list shows the types of compressed files that can be blocked by the Vigor router Zip rar arj ace cab sit Executable file Check the box to reject any downloading behavior of the executable file from the Internet exe com Scr pif bas bat inf reg Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages Accordingly files with the following extensions will be blocked by the Vigor router mov mp3 rm ra au WMV wav asf mpg mpeg avi ram Four entries are available for users to specify some specific IP addresses or subnets so that they can be free from the URL Access Control To enable an entry click on the empty checkbox named as ACT in front of the appropriate entry Time Schedule Specify what time should perform the URL content filtering facility Vigor2910 Series User s Guide i Dray Tek 3 5 3 Web Content Filter Profile We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be i
144. ctor Explanation 7 SB PWR U Factory Reset P4 P3 P1 w2 P2 aa Interface Description USB Connecter for a USB printer or 3G USB modem PWR Connecter for a power adapter with 12 15VDC ON OFF Power Switch FXS2 amp FXSI Connecters for telephone set and analog phone with VoIP communication LAN P4 PI Connecters for local networked devices W2 W1 Connecter for accessing Internet with the ADSL ADSL2 2 line ISDN Connecter for NT1 or NT 1 box provided by ISDN service provider Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Note For the USB port can be used to connect 3G USB modem or USB printer therefore the original name printer is changed into USB in the future Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 7 Dray Te k 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly l 2 T 8 Connect this device to a router modem with an Ethernet cable Connect one port of 4 port switch to your computer with a RJ 45 cable This device allows you to connect 4 PCs directly Connect one end of the power cord to the power port of this device Connect the other end to the wall outlet of
145. d outgoing connection The most basic security concept is to set user name and password while you install your router The administrator login will prevent unauthorized access to the router configuration from your router Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters If you did not set password during installation you can go to System Maintenance to set up your password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 75 Dray Te k IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send t
146. ddress line 2 The following screen will appear DrayTek Wireless VLAN Login ID City 3 Type in Login ID and Password that was configured in Wireless VLAN Setup page In this case we choose the configuration set in first group of W_VLAN City and 1234 4 When the accessing is successful the following screen will appear A hitp 192 168 1 1 DrayTek Wireless 0 Les DrayTek Wireless VLAN User login succeeds Copyright 2005 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Note The floating window with connection time will be shown on the screen till you logout Dr ay Tek 188 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 5 Youcan go to Diagnostics gt gt Wireless VLAN Online Station Table for viewing the connection status whenever you want Diagnostics gt gt Wireless VLAN Online Station Wireless VLAN Online Station Table Refresh IP Address HAC Address Login ID 192 168 1 15 00 14 85 26 00 8c City 192 1668 1 16 DO 0E 35 A5 AS ET Home 3 14 3 VLAN Cross Setup This function allows the router to integrate VLAN and W_VLAN for managing different computers notebooks See the following picture for an example With VLAN Cross Setup notebook A B and PCs on VLANO can share resources without difficulty Login ID City Login ID Home Password 1234 Password 7890 W_VLAN1 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 189 Dr ay Tek The VLAN gt gt VALN Cross Setup allows you to set a communication bridg
147. de only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Please refer to the section 4 5 1 Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Please refer to the section 4 5 2 Vigor VoIP Router Vigor VoIP Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic P DialPlan H SIP Accounts Phone Settings Status 3 11 1 DialPlan This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings VoIP gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Digit Map Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses
148. defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check it to enable this function 204 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Get Community Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 3 16 8 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do You want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click OK To reset the router settings to default values ch
149. do configure LPR printing on Mac OSA 09 How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN port Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 13 Dray Te k This page is left blank Dray Tek 14 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Configuring Basic Settings For use the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator and how to adjust basic settings for accessing Internet successfully Be aware that only the administrator can change the router configuration 2 1 Changing Password To change the password for this device you have to access into the web browse with default password first 1 Make sure your computer connects to the router correctly g Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of this guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password P Please type admin as the username and leave blank for the password on the window Next click OK for next screen Connect to 192 1
150. e O vorri O yoi ISON NAT Traversal Setting STUN server External IP SIP PING interval 3 11 3 Phone Settings R success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server stun fwdnet net 150 sec This page allows user to set phone settings for VoIP 1 and VoIP 2 respectively VoIP gt Phone Settings Phone List Index Port Callfeature Codec 1 ie 7294 6 Z a G 729A7B 3 ISON G 729A B RTP O Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP port start Dynamic RTP port end RTP TOS Phone List Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Gain Default SIP Tene Mic Speaker Account era Lser manned 575 InBand ek 5 5 InBand Defined Wiser Tenei 575 InBand 10050 IP precedence 5 ooon D i lt Port There are three phone ports provided here for you to configure Call feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Codec The default Codec setting for each port will be shown in this field for your reference You can click the number below the Index field to change it for each phone port Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each phone port 151 Dray Tek
151. e AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Sean to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List BSSIo Channel SSID Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed ta connect with the router See Statistics Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address LE Bridge Repeater If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page Dray Tek 182 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 13 7 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WAZ Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass 802 1 or WPA PSE authentication TFObBUMA Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Addto Access Control Cl
152. e Network Mask VPM 1 WANI First raytek com marketing 152 165 1 6 255 255 255 0 coe When you choose IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client IPSec Settings Profile Name YPN Connection Through O Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask PN 1 WANT First draytek cam Mone 152 165 1 6 255 255 255 0 mL When you choose L2TP you will see the following graphic Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 107 Cancel Cancel Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP Settings Profile Name VIPR 1 YPN Connection Through WANT First L Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 69 draytek cam Username marketing Password Remote Network IP 192 168 1 6 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 When you choose L2TP over IPSec Nice to Have you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP over IPSec Nice to Have Settings Profile Name VIPR 1 YPN Connection Through WAMI First O Always on Server IP Host Name for YPM e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authenti
153. e as the one used in L_ _ Security Settings Access Point Function Enable Disable Pre shared Key a Type TKIP Status Key T Beni Send Hello message to peers Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal Link Stat digits leading by 0x for example cfgs01a2 or Ox655abcd Note The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Mode Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Mode Disable Disable Bridge Fepeater Dray Tek 180 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Security WEP Settings Pre shared Key Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status Vigor2910 Series User s Guide There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Encryption Mode If you checked the box of Use the same WEP key you do not need to choose 64 bit or 128 bit as the Encryption Mode If you do not check that box you can set the WEP key now in this page Key Index Choose the key that you want to use after selecting the proper
154. e between computers in Wireless VLAN and wired VLAN To achieve the intention of the above illustration simply check the box under VLANO on the line of W_VLANO VLAN gt gt VLAN Cross Setup VLAN Cross Configuration Enable WW YLANO We VLAN We VYLAN2 W_YLANS W_VLAN4 We _YLANS We YLANG We VYLAN WW YLANS W_YLAN9 W_YLAN1O We YLANI1 We YLANI2 We YLANIS3 We VLANI4 We VLANIS WDS Notes VLANO OOOOOROOROOOO0O0O0D VLAN1 OO OOOOOROOROOOAOOO0D 1 W_VLANi wireless VLAN i see Wireless VLAN Setup for details 2 All WDS links belong to the same VLAN group 3 VLANI wired VLAN i see Wired VLAN Setup for details 4 Both wired and wireless YLANs must be enabled for VLAN cross settings to be effective Enable VLANO 3 W_VLANO 15 Dray Tek VLAN2 OO OOOOROOOORAOOOOOAOD VLAN3 OO mN NN N N n m m Nm Check this box to invoke VLAN Cross Setup function It represents the groups of virtual LAN connected by Ethernet interface It represents the groups of wireless VLAN communicated by wireless interface 190 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 14 4 Wireless Rate Control Rate Control manages the transmission rate of data in and out through the router You can also manage the in out rate of each wireless VLAN Go to VLAN menu and select Wireless Rate Control The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function For the rate control of wireless connection please open VLAN me
155. e object profile s configured here will be seen and adopted in CSM gt gt IM P2P Filter Profile page Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile P P Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 17 2 18 3 19 4 20 Ds 21 b 22 f 23 24 J 23 10 2b i f 12 26 13 29 14 30 15 31 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 67 Dray Te k Objects Setting gt gt PZP Object Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name O Check for Disallow Protocol Applications Cl SoulSeek SoulSeek LJeDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza L FastTrack kaza BearShare iMesh L GpenFt KCeasy FilePipe Cl Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy L OpenNap Lopster XNap WinLop CL BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet LJ winny Winny Winks Share Does NOT support eMule Obfuscation protocol blocking Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Check for Disallow Check the items that disallow to use Any device that uses such profile might not be allowed to access into the forbidden items In the above figure BitTorrent protocol is disallowed if you apply such object profile as filtering rule setting in Firewall 3 4 7 Misc Object You can define policy profiles for Misc application The object profile s configured here will be seen and adopted in CSM gt gt IM P2P F
156. e provided to the remote peer Check here to allow the Vigor router to send the ISDN number to the remote router This feature is useful for 7 model only 128 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type ISDN Username TE n IPSec Tunnel VJ Compression on O off L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Ke CO Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway j Peer ISON Number or Peer YPN Server IP oOo O OoOo ssisSY L Digital Signature 5095 or Peer ID O OOOO O IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP DES SIDES AES Callback Function CBCP C Enable Callback Function C Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Budget bo minutercs 4 GRE over IPSec Settings C Enable IPSec Dial GQut function GRE over IPSec O Logical Trafic My GRE1P Peer GREIP lt lt 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooon Pai first subnet to remote network you hawe to o Pemote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 2755 255 0 Local Network IP 1592 1681 1 C Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 lare OK Coe areal Allowed Dial In Type Determine the dial in connection with different types ISDN Allow the remote ISDN LAN to LAN connection You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below This feature is useful for i model only
157. e router functions including removing The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed Dray Tek 102 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 8 5 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Applications gt gt IGMP IGMP C Enable IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy If you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled Enable IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN1 2 port or PVC Use the drop down list to choose the interface 3 8 6 Wake On LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake On LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Addr
158. e services NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface WEAR IP 172 16 5 2290 Local Computer 192 165 1 10 Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port Protocol Start Part End Port 1 4500 4500 Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface WAN IP Local Computer Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port 3 3 4 Address Mapping wiet wie 4700 T A 4700 r pe SR G Clear Cancel Check to enable this entry cman mart mart a Make a name for the defined network application service Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Choose one of the WAN IPs from this drop down list This selection is available and can be seen only if you have set WAN IP Alias previously Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host This page is used to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias If you have a group of IP Addresses and want to apply to the router ple
159. e with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt PSec General Setup VPN IKEIPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN ta LAN3 IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP Moes Mapes M AES Data will be encrypted and authentic Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 117 Dray Te k IKE Authentication Method This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES 3 9 6 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In
160. ec type VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Backup Management Backup Profile List Setto Factory Default Hemberi i Active Type Member f Active Type 3i YES IPSec 4A ESILETP over IPSec MUST Status Enable Disable Profile Name Memberi Please choose the combination that you want Memberz ails choose Connect lon Type gt VPN ServerlP Private Network gt LTF 192 168 2 2 192 168 26 0 6 IPSec 192 168 0 27 192 168 0 7 20 FPTF 192 168 0 28 192 168 28 03 g 29 L2TF over ITPSec NICEj 192 168 0 29 192 168 29 0 3 J 30 L2TF over ITPSec NICEj3192 168 0 30 192 168 30 03 10 31 LeTP over PSec NICE 1927 168 0 31 192 168 31 0 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 247 Dray Te k However if the connection is off line Router A will use Member 2 VPN tunnel with L2TP over IPSec instead to connect Router B right away Member 1 IPSec eee Member 2 L2TP over Ipsec Router B VPN Client VPN Server Member 1 IPSec P z Router A Member 2 L2TP over Ipsec VPN Client VPN Server Example 2 Subsidiary in Asia can use vigor router as VPN client Every day it should transmit ERP Mail or order information to headquarter in Europe The Vigor router can build another backup VPN tunnel to subsidiary in America through LAN to LAN and the VPN server in the subsidiary in American can build Routing RIP When the VPN tunnel is off line the subsidiary in Asia can send the data that should be trans
161. ecified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blacked 3 Kbps shared bandwidth Current Peak are average Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds Refresh Index IP Address TX rate kbps RX rate kbps Sessions Action Dray Tek Check this box to enable this function Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Refresh Seconds 5 Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device Display the transmission speed of the monitored device Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes Page Refresh Sessions Action 1 100 Block 212 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Current Peak Speed 3 17 9 Traffic Graph Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column Refresh Action blocked 299 Unblock Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WANI WAN Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Speed
162. eck Using factory default configuration and click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 205 Dray Te k 3 16 9 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www draytek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp draytek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file es Bre Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 2 4 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK ta start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other S party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stap running Do you want to upgrade firmware 7 in w M e Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt gt Fir
163. ect the service provider for the DDNS account Select a service type Dynamic Custom Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is choosen in the Domain Name field Type in a domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Type in the password that you set for applying domain 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Dray Tek Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 3 8 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also ap
164. ed and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Nn MN Dray Tek Advance Settings gt gt Phone Ind Tone Settings Region User Defined User Defined ov Speaker qolovakia Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Caller ID Type There are several standards provided here for displaying the caller ID on the panel of the telephone set Choose the one that is suitable for the phone set according to the area of the router installed If you don t know what standard that the phone set supports please use the default setting FSK ETSI FSK ETSI FSK ETSI JK FSK BELLCORE US AU Caller ID Type L T off 1 Volume Gain Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is MISC Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand
165. ed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Wan2 Online Statistics Refresh Interval 5 Y seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec il OUT ie 25 591038 2 OUT 9 25 365023 3 OUT 25 0 4 OUT Others 25 D Outbound Status 0 147760 295520 443280 591040 Bps Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Class Class Class e Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 m m Others Bandwidth Control WANT Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup WANS Enable 1O000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test 1s used as the name of Class Index 1 Dray Tek 92 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 DiffServ Wo Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 10 Active Any Any ANY ANY For adding a n
166. eeeesageeesssnseesens 87 inl 1 96881009 LIMil eee 87 es ee AOI EI snae E E E E A 88 a Ody Or a G ee E eeeee cee 89 OP OOM ece g lt E A E A A A E A E A E E T E E 96 JOT Dynami ONG ics etics arseaiserm asa vtes a a a ie ia Erer Eor Eia 96 CRESE NN PEPE A EE E E EEEE E A es cian E 98 TOS RADIU ee N E EAE E E E E E st E E 100 PNPM see E E 101 SRLS E EEE E E A E E A EE AE AE E E EE 103 30 6 Wake ON LAN eerren E E E EEE EE E 103 3 9 VPN and Remote ACCESS isiin aaa aiei aii 105 391 VPN Client Wizard ea stice ceases ccc iestr EEEE ES ARELES 105 ie YPN SGN VIZ AUG epa E A E E 111 3 9 3 Remote ACCESS COn Olisi Eis i a aeaa aa AE a a iE 115 SAFP Ganera oe Oe ee A E 116 39 IPSEC General SQUAD nsis e S i a E EA a 117 SoIP ECP Eer OEN ees E A T soueeneancbnsananauececmeereeeaees 118 3 9 7 Remote Dial in User x iicuysncatsunnsunbsanineaasiersnadansiacesaiesachianeaisindedeant donaaronhisainiualyutstemsaiinantss 120 IN OLAN e E A E a E 123 3 9 9 VPN Backup Management cccccccseccescesececceececsceseeeecaseceesceeeesceserecauaeeeseueeeesoaes 133 3 9 10 CONNECTION Management eserse nia ii 136 3 10 Certificate MAnageMent ccccccccccceeecceeeessecceeeeseeeseeeceeeeseeeeesseeeeeeeesaeaaaeeeeeseseuaaeeeeeees 138 310 1 Local CMI CAG acson eE E ae 138 3 10 2 Tr sted CA Ceriiicale cncecccraccecssendeiesznactnoctesdesonssasusdceesastnastenounpaesdocteveaesveaiuasnocabaans 140 AO o Gerinc e BAC KUD oea T a E E nace 141 N OP erases ee
167. eesaeeeeeas 245 4 10 ERD Mechanism for VPN Backup ccccccccccssseeeeeeeseeeceeeeeeeeeseeeseaseeessageeessaneeesaaeeesaees 249 9 TOU BIG SOO MING sssini EEEE EEEE 251 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or NoOb ccccecccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeees 251 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 251 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your COMPULEL ccccccsseeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeeesauaaeeeeeeees 254 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or NoOt cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 256 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection cccccccccccesesseeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeaseeeeesessuaaseeseeeees 257 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 258 5 7 Contacting Your DEGICN sirrane a aa E Ea ARE EER 259 Dray Te K x Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Preface The Vigor2910 series router provides Dual WAN interface which is a configuration second WAN for Internet access to make the Internet connection more reliable The wireless LAN supports more secure features and the transmission speed is up to 1O8Mbps SuperG Object oriented firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition through VoIP function the communication fee for you and remote people can be reduced 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation
168. eeseeecessuseeessaeeeessaaeeesseneeesseaes 51 IONAT geo a E scene E E E 52 aal PO Rdr UO eee ee ee S E eee eee eee 52 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide vii Dr ay Te k ae DEL FOS ee nO ee e ee ee ee ee eee 55 TIS OPNP O eee AE E EEE EE TE EE e A EE 58 3 3 A4AAddress Mapping erisera ea Eaa Eidi 59 34 Objects anid Groups spss ssr i T E E E A E cee eee ee 61 APOD ee E E E E eo 61 0 cP OOD eea E E E E E E E 63 34 3 SEVICE Type ODJOCI scceisecenvasdicacssoosesysnsescadetindasdsssaasidedstions seedaxeetened asdcadexeescdedeacsiadetadonceanact 64 3 4 4 Service Type GrOUD ccccccccccsssssseeececceeeesseeceeecceeeeaseeeeeeceseeeaaseeeeeeesseeeaaaeeeeesseseassseeees 65 SA INODE eene E A E E 66 A OG e E A E E 67 OAT MISE OD E aranea a E 68 CON e a E E E gsv setae tategysce aes sae ceeareeeneoaadeacs 69 325 1 IMP2P Fiker Profile serci E ai E 70 3 5 2 URL Content Filter Protilesiscsssicccicassuescscsssacensasdssrscaneaueyacednsvssnaetaaseaedocedadearectoveseuvannavsuves 71 3 5 3 Web Content Filter Profile 0 ccccccccceesseeceeceesseeceeseeeeceeeseneeeeeeeeaseeeessaeeeeeessaaaeees 74 LO PE ONA cess caresses EE E ENEE E EEE EE EO 75 3 6 Basics TOF Firewall sirsenis daaa a aA aE doe RAE aE Aa E aa eaa 75 3 6 2 General eUD ee E A EE E EA AEE E EAE EEE 77 29 FIEF OCU a EEA EEEE E E E EAE 79 30A DOS DEIENE erara EE pian aanieeonantamaanes 84 3 7 Bandwidth Management ccccccssseeeccssseecceeseeeceesseeceeseessaseeeceaseeeseaseeessag
169. eld of key setting below will be not available for input WEP or WPA PSK Accepts WEP and WPA clients with legal key accordingly Only Mixed WPA WPA2 is applicable if you select WPA PSK WEP 802 1x or WPA 802 1x Accept WEP or WPA clients with 802 1x authentication Only Mixed WPA WPA2 is applicable if you select WPA PSK Since the key will be auto negotiated during authentication the field of key setting below will be not available for input WPA PSK Only Accepts WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Remember to select WPA type to define either Mixed or WPA2 only in the field below WPA 802 1x Only Accept WPA clients with 802 1x authentication Remember to select WPA type to define 176 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide WPA WEP Vigor2910 Series User s Guide either Mixed or WPA2 only in the field below Since the key will be auto negotiated during authentication the field of key setting below will be not available for input The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leadin
170. electricity Connect the telephone sets with phone lines for using VoIP function For the user of the model without VoIP ports skip this step Connect the ISDN NT1 1 box with ISDN cable This connection is available for Europe only Connect the printer 3 5G modem e g Huawei E220 HSDPA USB Modem to the router with the USB cable and connect the power cord if requried If you do not have a printer 3 5G modem for using skip this step For detailed configuration of printer refer to section 1 4 detailed configuration of 3 5G modem please refer to section 3 1 Power on the router Check the ACT LED to assure network connections For the detailed information of LED status please refer to section 1 1 Tr Analog Phone Analog Phone q EH l 33 LI LI i Cabla DSL Mader Caution Each of the FXS ports can be connected to an analog phone only Do not connect the FXS ports to the telephone wall jack This connection might damage your router Dray Tek 8 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE please visit www draytek com Internet Printer Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1
171. elow White List pass those Click this button to allow accessing into the corresponding matching keyword webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Keyword The Vigor router provides 8 frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list the more efficiently the Vigor router perform Prevent web access Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address from IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone Dray Tek dodges the URL Access Control 12 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Enable Restrict Web Feature Enable Excepting Subnets You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Check the box to activate the function Java Check the checkbox to activate the Block Java object function The Vigor router will discard the Java objects from the Internet ActiveX Check the box to activate the Block ActiveX object function Any A
172. emand the connection will be initiated only when needed High Water Mark and BOD stands for bandwidth on demand for Multiple Link High Water Time PPP ML PPP or MP High Water Mark High Water Time Low Water Mark Low Water Time parameters are applied when you set the Link Type to Dialup BOD The ISDN usually uses one B channel to access the Internet or remote network when you choose the Dialup BOD link type The router will use the parameters here to decide on when you activate drop the additional B channel Note that cps characters per second measures the total link utilization These parameters specify the situation in which the second channel will be activated With the first connected channel if its utilization exceeds the High Water Mark and such a channel is being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be activated Thus the total link speed will be 128kbps two B channels Low Water Mark and Low These parameters specify the situation in which the second Water Time channel will be dropped In terms of the two B channels if their utilization is under the Low Water Mark and these two channels are being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be dropped As a result the total link speed will be 64kbps one B channel Note If you are not sure whether your ISP can support BOD and or ML PPP s features please seek assistance from your ISP local dealers or our website support drayte
173. en you registered with a SIP service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet by other device you have to set this function for your necessity NAT Traversal Support None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports nortel solution you can choose this option Set VoIP1 VoIP 2 or ISDN as the default ring port for this SIP account If you choose either VoIP1 or VoIP2 the ISDN selection will be dimmed vice versa Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pattern 1 2 J fil 5 z Below shows successful SIP accounts for your reference Dray Tek 150 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List Index Profile 1 draytek_1 f IPTEL a SeedNet 4 5 G Domain Realm draytel org iptel org seednet net tw 139 175 232 13 Proxy Tae Ring Port Status draytel org 813177 oIP1 L VoIP2 ISDN iptel arg kevin_yu WoIP1 wolp2 MISON R 070901002 oIPi M vorP2 ISDN change_me olP1 J orp2 LIISDN change_me O oIP1 voir ISDN change m
174. er some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices i Dray Tek 3 13 3 Security By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings Security Settings Mode WEP Only Set up RADIUS Server if 802 1x is enabled WPA Type Mixed WPA WPA2 WPA2 Only Pre Shared Key PSk L Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsO1a2 or Ox6SSabed WEP Encryption Mode 64 Bit Use WEP Key Okey 1 key 2 see Okey 3 Okey 4 For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 4B312 or 0x 4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 0123456789abc or 0x30313233343536373839414243 Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose Mode WEP Only isable WEP Only WEPJ602 1 Only Dray Tek WEF or WWRPAYPSK WEPRAR02 1x or WPABOZ2 1x Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP Only Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WEP 802 1x Only Accept WEP clients with 802 1x authentication Since the key will be auto negotiated during authentication the fi
175. ertificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBQ jICCARNC AQAWOTELNAKGALUEBHNCVFCxXEDAO Baseb4 Encoded BokqhkiG9wOBCOEWEXByZXNzOGRYYX1OZUsuy2z9t E Certificate Request A4GNADCBiQKBGQDOYB7wmZFfLFhNG TeQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 h 4bp89c UF SA LOACGGIM tc BOckdce ZdPFFvIxXcP3 x GOATCTVO QzpxroCwlJIT ILS4S50 Bn9v50951G v lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator v Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS i _ EFS Recovery Agent Attributes oor Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Web Server Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 241 Dr ay
176. ervers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org Www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default C Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Auto Update interval 14400 Mints Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active L WAR T First Fs 2 WANI First FS 3 wWANI First w Clear Al Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDNS function Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service Dr ay Tek 96 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Index WAN Interface Domain Name
177. ess H IP Object P IP Group H Service Type Object H Service Type Group H IM Object H P2P Object H Misc Object Besides you can define object profiles for different policy of IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Misc application 3 4 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name FREES Rl ee mn epee Nie Ww iw Iw N N IMR IMR N N IR IR N RO ja ju Ma FFEBPBRBEBEFBRBEBEEE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 61 Dray Te k Objects Setting gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Mame Interface Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Name Interface Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Select mao dl Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface WAN LAN or Any Interface For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the addre
178. ess IP Address mac aadress AEE Result Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address MAL A IP Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in LAN gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the binded PCs Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 103 Dray Te k Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF IP Address mac address YY YL Result Send command to client done Dray Tek 104 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 9 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Besides here provides ISDN LAN to LAN and remote dial in functions for i
179. ess into USB diskette in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage diskette Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Type the password for FTP users for accessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the i Dray Tek password specified here for accessing into USB storage diskette Confirm Password Type the password again to make confirmation Home Folder It determines the range for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB diskette In addition if the user types P here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB diskette Note When write protect status for the USB diskette is ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case Access Rule It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB diskette must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Before you click OK you have to insert a USB diskette into the USB interfa
180. etup Blinking A successful connection on the ISDN BRI B1 B2 channel QoS On The QoS function is active The QoS function is inactive Attack DoS Defense function is active Blinking An attack is detected VPN The VPN tunnel is launched USB The USB interface printer or 3G USB modem is ready WAN W1 W2 A normal 10Mbps WAN link is ready A normal 100Mbps WAN link is ready Blinking Ethernet packets are transmitting LAN P1 P2 A normal 10Mbps connection is through its corresponding P3 P4 port Green A normal 100Mbps connection is through its corresponding port Blinking Ethernet packets are transmitting Connector Explanation Serer ISDN Interface Description USB Connecter for a USB printer or 3G USB modem PWR Connecter for a power adapter with 12 15VDC ON OFF Power Switch LAN P4 PI Connecters for local networked devices W2 W Connecter for accessing Internet with the ADSL ADSL2 2 line ISDN Connecter for NT1 or NT 1 box provided by ISDN service provider Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Note For the USB port can be used to connect 3G USB modem or USB printer therefore the original name printer is changed into USB in the future Dr
181. evens 192 3 192 FIP Ser Manage ING scini a e r E EAE 193 ASS USB DIE QU S ear E E E E 194 SEE eE aE ea Ce E E E E A E E E E E esceteeaueeete 195 JlOT oyen oU aT a E ET ee 196 IO WOOF GN ae RE E E EEEE E 197 3 16 3 Administrator PASSWOMK ccccccseeeeecneeeeeceeeeecueeeeeseuseeessaeeesaueeesseaueeessaneeessaneeessaags 198 3 16 4 Configuration Backup cccccccccccceeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeessseeaseeeeeeeessaeaseeeeeeesessaaageees 199 316 3 Syslog Mail AlE l arsson E ES aE 201 9 166 Ume and Dalo mres aE a 203 216 7 MANAGES mo Mi sermesi aE 204 IO REDOO yS E eean A TE E E eevee Sere ee ee 205 glo o Firmware WCAC seisena a r a E 206 SAF DANOSO S e a E E E E A EEE AEE AE 207 31 1 OU Tiggo sensona ea E E E O RA R ER S 207 ed Go ROU TapE eee e e E E TE E E 208 31 3 ARF Cache TADE screen seca tscasepeaetpasnes aieaiedacsonusuacsnoasszeniannesastacetoacsies 208 Ara DTG TINE cee EEE E EEE E EE a E 209 3 17 5 NAT Sessions Table cccccccccccccceeseeeeeecaeeseeeeecseeseeeeeseeeeeesseaeeeeeseseaeeeeeesseaeeeeesaaaass 209 3 17 6 Wireless VLAN Online Station Table cccccccccssssesccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeaeeeeeeeeeessaeaeeees 210 3 17 7 Web Authentication Table cccccccccccecsssseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeaeeessseaeeeeessaaeeeeeeeaaaaes 211 3 17 8 Data Flow MOnitor cccccccseecccceseeeeeceseeeeseeeeeseeseeeseeeesseeeeeseeeeeseaseeessaneeessaeseeensags 211 3 179 Traite Graph sacra csincescenendesadeamess
182. ew rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT DiffServ CodePaint AMY ka Service Type AMY ha Note Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Check this box to invoke these settings Source Address Click the SrcEdit button to set the source address for the rule Destination Address Click the DestEdit button to set the destination address for the rule SrcEdit DestEdit It allows you to edit source address information 3 http 192_168_1_1l doc QosIpEdt htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type Subnet Address Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask DiffServ CodePoint All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the level of the data for processing with QoS control Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 93 Dray Te k Service Type It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the o
183. f you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click Internet Access Setup gt Dialing to a Single ISP to enter the backup profile Mone wt Dial Backup Mode None Due to the absence of the ISDN interface in some models the ISDN dial backup feature and its associated setup options are not available to them Please refer to the previous part for further a Dray Tek MTU PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Dray Tek information None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any acti
184. fic for data transmission between both sides of VPN tunnel by using the characteristic of GRE Even hacker can decipher IPSec encryption he she still cannot ask LAN site to do data transmission with any information Such function can ensure the data transmitted on VPN tunnel is really sent out from both sides This is an optional function However if one side wants to use it the peer must enable it too My GRE IP Type the virtual IP for router itself for verified by peer Peer GRE IP Type the virtual IP of peer host for verified by router This field is only applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select ISDN PPTP or L2TP This field is only applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select ISDN PPTP or L2TP Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network
185. first HTTP request will be redirected to the URL above Ex htto Awww draytek com online Atm or https ew YourBank com Show the message The message above will be shown in wireless user s browser for 5 seconds and then redirect to the original web site specified 126 characters at most Ex Welcome to Vigorous Wirelessw w or lt B gt Welcomes eee lt B gt Disable Click this button to close this function Redirect to URL Any user who wants to access into Internet through this router will be redirected to the URL specified here first It is a useful method for the purpose of advertisement For Dray Tek 184 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide example force the wireless user s in hotel to access into the web page that the hotel wants the user s to visit Show the message Type words or sentences here The message will be displayed on the screen for several seconds when the wireless users access into the web page through the router 3 14 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port Wired VLAN H Wireless VLAN gt VLAN Cross Setup H Wireless Rate Control 3 14 1 Wired VLAN PCs connected to Ethernet ports of the router can be divided into different groups and formed VLAN PCs under the same groups can share each other information through the router and will not be peeked by other groups The VLAN gt gt Wired VALN allows
186. formation from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP In the Quick Start Wizard you can configure the router to access the Internet with different protocol modes such as PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP or DHCP The router supports the DSL WAN interface for Internet access 2 2 1 PPPoE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name o4005 55 a0 hinet net Password PT Titi Confirm Password TITTI Dr ay Tek 18 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide User Name Assign
187. fresh Seconds Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately when the Refresh button is clicked Fefresh Seconds Port It shows current connection status for the port of VoIP1 VoIP2 ISDN1 and ISDN2 The ISDN1 2 appears only when the router is equipped with ISDN interface ISDN1 means B1 channel for the physical ISDN port ISDN2 means B2 channel Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 161 Dray Te k Status Codec PeerID Connect Time for the physical ISDN port Be aware that ISDN1 2 port is available for the users living in Europe and using Vigor 2910VGi only For other V models only the status for VoIP1 and VoIP2 will be shown in this page It shows the VoIP connection status IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function is idle HANG UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT_ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain The format is represented as seconds Tx Pkts Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Rx Pkts Total number of received voice packets during this connecti
188. ft blank Any Virtual TA client may login to the server Once a single Username Password field has been filled in the Virtual TA server will only allow clients with a valid Username Password to login The screen of Virtual TA configuration is presented below User Profile Note that creating a single user access account will limit the access to the Virtual TA server to only the specified account holders Assume you did not acquire any MSN service from your ISDN network provider On the server Click Virtual TA Remote CAPI Setup link and fill in the Username and Password fields Check the Active box to enable the account Virtual TA Users Profiles Username Password MSHI MSN MSNS Active On the client Right click the mouse on the VT icon The following pop up menu will be shown Auto Hon Honauto Aun Virtual TA Login Search Server Fnit Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 167 Dr ay Te k Click the Virtual TA Login tab to launch the login box Yirtual TA Login User Name alan Password i Cancel Enter the Username Password and then click OK After a short time the VT icon text will turn green MSN Configuration If you have applied to an MSN number service the Virtual TA server can assign which client has the specified MSN number When an incoming call arrives the server will inform the appropriate client Now we set an example to describe the configuration of the MSN number Suppose that you could a
189. g by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D Encryption Mode b4 Bit ha4 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use a Dray Tek 3 13 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Enable Access Control Policy Index Attribute Setto Factory Default Activate MAC address filter MAC Address Filter MAC Address Client s MAC Address m Attribute C s Isolate the station from LAN Enable Access Control Policy MAC Address Filter Attribute Add Delete Edit Cancel Dray Tek Select to enable the MAC Address access control feature Select to enable any one of the following
190. ge to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog The IP address of the SMTP server Assign a mail address for sending mails out Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application Type the user name for authentication Type the password for authentication For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu Vigor2910 Series User s Guide a Dray Tek fg Router Tools 2 5 4 2 About Router Tools We Ez Configurator Vigor2100 Series Firmware Uperade Utility at Uninstall Router Tools 2 5 4 Visit DrayTek Web Site 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router i DrayTek Syslog ee 192 168 1 1 v WAN Status ggap or series Dmt Bis jns ead ae LAN Status E Tx Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed Rx Packets T Rate Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Los og WAN Los On Line Routers Host Name IP Addres Mask MAC NIC Deseription 192168 11 299 20
191. gure the Virtual TA you must set the correct country code Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Dray Tek VTA application Al PC within CAP l basod application Ethernet LAN Virtual l Client CAPI over TCP IP s Internet j Csr DSL Cabe Modem l a FAX Machine As depicted in the above application scenario the Virtual TA client can make an outgoing call or accept an incoming call to from a peer FAX machine or ISDN TA etc Before describing the configuration of Virtual TA in the Vigor routers please heed the following limitations The Virtual TA client only supports Microsoft Windows 98 SE 2000 XP platforms The Virtual TA client only supports the CAPI 2 0 protocol and has no built in FAX engine One ISDN BRI interface has two B channels The maximum number of active clients is also 2 Before you configure the Virtual TA you must set the correct country code in ISDN Setup ISON gt Virtual TA Virtual TA Setup Virtual TA Server Virtual TA Users Profiles Username ae Virtual TA Server Virtual TA User Profiles Dray Tek Password HIN Enable Disable ee e o lo iC 2 lo 1C oa lo lf oO C E E o Enable Select it to activate the server Disable Select it to deactivate the server All Virtual TA applications will be terminated Username Enter the username of a specific client Password Enter the password of a s
192. he button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Note For the USB port can be used to connect 3G USB modem or USB printer therefore the original name printer is changed into USB in the future Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 5 Dray Te k 1 2 5 For Vigor2910VG LED Explanation Phone WAN LAN ACT DMZ FXS1 FXS2 WLAN USB I W1 W2 P1 P2 LED Status Explanation ACT Activity The router is powered on and running properly The router is powered off DMZ DMZ Host is specified in certain site FXS 1 FXS2 The phone is off hook the handset of phone is hanging A phone call is incoming or on line WLAN Wireless access point is ready Wireless traffic goes through Wireless access point is turned off USB The USB interface printer or 3G USB modem is ready WAN WI1 W2 A normal 1OMbps WAN link is ready A normal 100Mbps WAN link is ready Ethernet packets are transmitting LAN P1 P2 A normal 10Mbps connection is through its corresponding P3 P4 port Green A normal 100Mbps connection is through its corresponding Ethernet packets are transmitting Connector Explanation Interface Description USB Connecter for a USB printer or 3G USB modem PWR Connecter for a power adapter with 12 15VDC ON OFF Power Switch FXS2 amp FXSI Connecters for telephone set and the analog phone with VoIP communication LAN P4 PI Connecters for local networked devices W2 W 1 Con
193. he connecting rate of data input for WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the real bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 91 Dray Te k Reserved Bandwidth Ratio Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Limited_bandwidth Ratio On Line Statistics It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth The difference in bandwidth between download and upload are great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload more faster to speed the network traffic The ratio typ
194. he packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Dray Tek 76 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature data
195. he web authentication cannot access into network through the router Dray Tek LAN gt Web Authentication Web Authentication Web Authentication O Enable Disable C Bypass IP in IP MAC binding list Account Setting Allow user login with the same account Common account ID draytek PAA Share vpn remote dial in profile Account Setting Timeout Setting Enable Disable Welcome Message Logout at evervday Logout every jaso minutes 1 65535 Logout when idle time out Bso minutes l 1440 Welcome to Vigor VYe2910 Web Authentication Go to check the Connection Status Web Authentication Account Setting Click Enable to activate such feature The default setting is Disable Bypass IP in IP MAC binding list All the clients with the IP listed in Bind IP to MAC can access into Internet without passing the web authentication If you check this box the function of web authentication will be disabled Allow user login with the same account check this box to let the user s login router s web page with the same account Common account please specify a name with a password as the identification for accessing into router s web page for the users in LAN side The default settings for ID password are draytek draytek All the users should use such account to pass the web authentication 50 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Share vpn remote dial in profile you c
196. heck the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network AF calss 1 flow drop AF calss 2 medium drop DS domain 1 DS domain 2 Private network However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Index Status Bandwidth Directon m Ea Others Bodin Control WANI Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 2596 25 2556 Inactive Setup WAZ Enable LO0000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 259 2595 25 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit Dr ay Te K 90 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN 1 2 interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into
197. henticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 27 Dray Te k 3 1 2 Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor 2910 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor2910 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor2910 with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use four LAN ports on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via SuperG wireless function of Vigor2910G and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN VoIP features of Vigor2910 series Mobile Coffee shop Se ab Internet lt a lt VoIP Web surfing E Mail Instant messaging etc ai lt VPN Vigor291 OS 3 503 HSDPA US dem After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the second WAN port However the original Ethernet WAN still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the router Besides 3G USB Modem in WAN2 also can be used as backup device Therefore when WANI is not available the router will use 3 5G for supporting automatically The suppo
198. her HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings 9 Sa Brother HL 1070 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description Printer O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 O P_1 Standard TCP IP Port O IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port HP Laserdet 1300 O P_1 Standard TCP IP Port O IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port M IP_1 Standard TCP IP Port Brother HL 1070 O POF LocalPort PDF995 Cx mm rmm Amy sam 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and UPR name Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name P_ 192 168 1 1 i Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol Raw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings Queue Name CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Dray Te k 12 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www draytek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click i
199. hich can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www draytek com user AboutRegulatory php C FE This product is designed for the ISDN and 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Vigor2910 Series User s Guide v Dr ay Tek Dray Tek vi Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Table of Contents 1 PR CTACC see cccec rs cs seecei E E E EEE 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation ccccccccccccccecceeeeseeeceeeeesseaeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeeeesssaaaaeess 1 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors cccceeecccceeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeceeeeessseeaeeseeeessuaeseeeeeeeesssaanseees 1 Ted FOr Vigo VO ea n a E E E REE E ENS 2 1a 2
200. ial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This function is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to Keep Alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide 7 Dray Tek ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method Dray Tek the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection If you want to connect two networks with ISDN
201. ick Generate again Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request After clicking Generate the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek OU RD emailla Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request HITBs CCARSC ADAWUDELMARGALIDUEBHNCYFcREDAORGNVERaAOTBORYYE1LOZWsxce ad BoNVE ASsTALJEMNS IwilaYJKos ThvcNagkeFale e2kJ 2a loGcRyYsloseusuYe StNict MAOGCS GS Ibs DORBACUAASGHADCBIORBGoDPiocahnu gF OaltBlce SOERSDfuknIdH blolktscTdaALUPaF kbs 8ds woegytoViLbdJ sz IDFOx eb ip rev laTtunTsgq4lgze6gk fcGhuVTEd94 6PlernkPTdu 4t2 3c wba 4yscevms yDAShLAdxXVYPUpWEVIroT2 Re JERMAHE Wp YpwIDAQaARoCIwlaYydKos lhvcWAGQKOMNRMWETAPRGNVHREECD AGHUTA GAEQuaoccs gos Ins DOEBROUALIGR ABR43 O40 9nodarludbBatTrcoltso tYNb2kfEs ikisNdfUoUEnKce JeOndc HesVDie 3 ACEI peTPFRxqklbe foTatwE so O0ViNagba GqeJ9try qe syhcrS RULPN1HectfoTand M DLEPGEn PUChobLgGVsJHrV kC2 HAW JEJE im Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 139 Dray Te k 3 10 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted C
202. ics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax 0 697 6 7236 755 ms Vigoria draytekd fj Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 255 Dray Tek 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Click WAN gt gt Internet Access and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WAMI Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP Details Page WEARS Ethernet static or Dynamic P static or Dynamic IP PRT RILATR For PPPoE Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if Username and Password are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Client Mode PPP MP Setup OEnable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout secondis ISP Access Setup i IP Address Assignment Method IP CF poet Neiie e WAN IP Alias Password ream Yes No Dynamic IP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Fixed IP Address fF ISDN Dial Backup Setup Default MAC Address Dial Backup Mode Specify a MAC Address MAC Address WAN Connection Detection 50 zr Hoo 16 hs Mode ARP Detect TTL MTU 1442 Mas 1492 For Static Dynamic IP Users 1 Check if the Enable option is selected 2 Check if IP address Subnet Mask and Gateway are entered with correct values that you got from your ISP Dr
203. ield for transferring The character that you can type can be and O 9 In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1l TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Phone Index No 1 Tone Settings Region UK Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone Congestion tone Volume Gain Mic Gaing 1 104 Speaker Gaint 1 105 MISC Dial Tone Power Level Ring Frequency Region Vigor2910 Series User s Guide so po po oo bh PJ 71 01 e Caller ID Type Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton T off 2 msec msec msec msec lil iil lil ilil ilil DIME Payload Typefrfc2e33 j Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defin
204. ient s MAC address i Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current selected MAC address into Access Control Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 183 Dray Te k 3 13 8 Station Rate Control This page allows you to control the upload and download rate of each wireless client station Please check the box of Enable to invoke this setting The range for the rate is between 100 30 000 kbps Wireless LAN gt Station Rate Control Station Rate Control Menable Upload Rate 200 00 kbps Download Rate 300 00 Kbps Note 1 Range 100 30 000 Kbps Increment 100 Kbps 2 The specified rates are applied to each associated wireless client 3 13 9 Web Portal Log in This page allows you to specify an URL for accessing into or display a message when a remote user connects to Internet through this router No matter what purpose of the wireless client is he she will be forced into the URL configured here while trying to access into the Internet or the desired web page through this router That is a company which wants to have an advertisement for its products to the users can specify the URL in this page to reach its goal Wireless LAN gt gt Web Portal Log in Web Portal Log in Specify an URL or short message that you want to show after user connected to your wireless Disable Redirect to URL http www draytek cam User s
205. ilter Profile page Objects Setting gt gt Misc Object Profile Misc Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1r Hat ba e e Ped a e a a a a a e fem ett a m j E N U A a a e ua A a FREEFE e a a a a a a a a a a Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Dr ay Tek 68 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 5 CSM Objects Setting gt Misc Object Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Misc Forbid 1 Check for Disallow Streaming MIMS CIRTSP KtTvants IPP Strearn V PPlive C FeiDian LJuusee LINSPlayer PCAST LIT Koa Sopcast LJ UDLivex LI T UPlayer O MySee LJ Joost C Flash ideo Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Check for Disallow Check the items that disallow to use Any device that uses such profile might not be allowed to access into the forbidden items Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management IM P2P Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown
206. indows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Dray Tek Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom Do not stack the routers The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a s
207. ined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work n Dray Tek 3 1 5 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WANI or WAN interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when both WAN and WAN2 are activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol W amp N e A e e Uh C w N m N a N N m _ i 20 i i Index Enable Protocol WAN Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Dest Dest Src IP Src Ip Dest IP Dest IP WAN Port Port Start End Start End Start End gt Click the number of index to access into the load balance policy configuration web page Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination I
208. ing press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory actor rinter After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 5 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support draytek com Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 259 Dray Te k
209. ing Notice that this setting is available for WANI only WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 1 2 16 5 229 Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP i Dray Tek address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select Static or Dynamic IP mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client Enable Disable ISON Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode Keep WAN Connection C Enable PING to keep alive Os minutefs PING to the
210. ings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Dr ay Tek 20 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 2 2 3 Static IP Click Static IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the Static IP configuration probided by your ISP WAN IP Subnet Mask Primary DNS Secondary DNS fs Coptionals After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK I Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 21 Dray Te k 2 2 4 L2TP Click L2TP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard LTP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuration and LATP server IP provided by your ISP User Name Password Confirm Password WAN IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automa
211. ion Click Enable RIP for activating this function This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only Dray Tek WAH IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 172 16 3 229 Y Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Address Static IP mode
212. ion algorithm Advanced Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below e http 192 168_ 1 1 IKE advanced settings Microsoft Internet Explorer IKE advanced settings IKE phase 1 mode Main mode Aggressive mode IKE phase 1 proposal DES_MD5_G1 DES_SHA1_G1 5DES_MD5_G1 5DES_MD5_G2 AES126_ MD5_G2 AES256_SHA1_G2 AES256 SHA1_G14 IKE phase 2 proposal HMAC_SHAI HMAC_MD5 IKE phase 1 key lifetime 28800 900 86400 IKE phase 2 key lifetime 3600 600 86400 Perfect Forward Secret Disable Enable Local ID IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and thirty for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes Below shows the available proposals Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 127 Dray Te k Callback Function for i models only Dray Tek DES MDS G1 DES SHAT 61
213. ion provides a callback service only for the ISDN dial in user for i model only The remote user will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Check to enable Callback function Enables the callback function 122 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Specify the callback number The option is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Check to enable callback budget control By default the callback function has a time restriction Once the callback budget has been exhausted the callback mechanism will be disabled automatically Callback Budget Unit minutes Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be decreased automatically per callback connection 3 9 8 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type ISDN connection VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides up to 32 profiles which also means supporting 32 VPN tunnels simultaneously The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status ale 2 29 k 1r TTT k 2 2 229 ay 18 TT a ae 24 k 19 TTT k 4 25 k 0 TT
214. iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Ce Dray Tek Call Waiting Call Transfer Prefer Codec Default SIP Account Dray Tek Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 5 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section 3 10 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G711 code
215. it bandwidth 88 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Default TX limit Default RX limit Limitation List Start IP End IP Each Shared TX limit RX limit Add Edit Delete Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 3 7 3 Quality of Service Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth Select Each to make each IP within the range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields select Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the total bandwidth of TX limit and RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set pre
216. ited _bandwidth Ratio 6 Online Statistics 9 If the worker has connected to the headquater using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Dray Tek 230 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserve bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel Internet VPN tunnel UKK VAL VAAL Private network Cooperate network 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 10 Click edit to open a new window Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name Status Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Empty F 11 First check the ACT box Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s subnet address Leave other fields and click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoaint Service Type Note Please choose setup the Service Type first Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 231 Dr ay Te k 4 4 LAN Created by Using NAT An example of default setting and the corresponding deployment are shown below The default Vigor router private IP address Subnet Mask is 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 The built in DHCP server is enabled so it assigns every local NATed host an IP address of 192 168 1 x starting from 192 168 1 10 Internet Public
217. k com Dr ay Tek 170 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 13 Wireless LAN This function is used for G models only 3 13 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor G model a k a Vigor wireless router 1s designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11g protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology Super G to lift up data rate up to 108 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireles
218. kup function Backup Model Us unnel I a 192 168 P 168 1 0 24 51 Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Dray Tek 136 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Refresh Seconds Refresh Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Click this button to refresh the whole connection status Note The status of LAN to LAN for ISDN is shown on the page of Online Status Online Status System Status ILAN Status IP Address 192 168 1 1 IWAN 1 Status Enable Line Yes Ethernet IP GW IP 172 16 3 229 172 16 3 1 WAN 2 Status Enable Line Mo Ethernet IP GW IP ISDN Status Channel Active Connection B1 Idle B2 Idle D DOWN Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 TX Packets 2945 Name TR Packets 388 Name TX Packets T TX Pkts 137 System Uptime 1 19 30 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 RX Packets 2547 Mode Up Time Static IP 1 19 23 TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate a YO 6 Mode Up Time es 00 00 00 TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 0 0 0 gt gt DialISDN gt gt DropBi gt gt Drop Be TX Rate RX Pkts RX Rate Up Time AOC O O 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 Dog 0 Dray Tek 3 10 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing auth
219. l gt gt General Setup General Setup Call Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Filter o IM P2P Filter o L Apply IP filter to YPN incoming packets Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets t for some games ex CS Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Data Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Filter Default rule is applied in this page Pass All the packets are allowed to pass through the router without considering settings configured in Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Block All the packets are not allowed to pass through the router without considering settings configured in Firewall gt gt Filter Setup Filter For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record Filter information by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section 3 14 4 Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information IM P2P Filter Select an IM P2P profile for global IM P2P application blocking All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the selected profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of CSM profile setup Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to tr
220. lay Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name iptel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm iptel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Dray Tek Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number 1114 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 liptel org Loop through None Backup Phone Number VolP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name draytel 1 11 char max Register via auto w make call without register SIP Port 5o60 Domain Realm draytel org 63 char max Proxy draytel org 63 char max O Act as outbound proxy Display Name John E 23 char max Account Number Name 1234 63 char max O Authentication ID 63 char max Password 0000 63 char max Expiry Time 1 hour sec NAT Traversal Support None w Ring Port MvoIP1 VvoIp2 ISDN Ring Pattern 15 John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1 234 E l draytel org Loop through None z Backup Phone Number VolP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name liptel 1 11 char max Register via Auto Nj m
221. le ISDN Dial IN 3 9 4 PPP General Setup Check this box to activate the VPN service through L2TP protocol This feature is available for 1 model Check this box to activate the ISDN dial in This submenu only applies to PPP related connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec of VPN or ISDN VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP PAP or CHAP Start IP Address 192 168 1 200 Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption Optional MPPE a MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Wsername Password Dial In PPP Authentication PAP Only PAP or CHAP Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Dray Tek Yes No Select this option to force the router to authenticate dial in users with the PAP protocol Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data nal WPF Optional MPPE Require MPPE 01
222. lear Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Ping through Unspecified WAN WANA Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you would like to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 3 17 11 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 215 Dray Te k Dray Tek Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through WANT Host IP Address fo Run Result Clear Trace through WAMI traceroute to 172 16 35 229 30 hops wax 1 Request timed out t 2 Request timed out Trace complete Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window 216 Vigor291
223. lling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending registration messages to validate Then both parties SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below Proxy Proxy a com b com Alice Bob sip alice draytel com sip bob draytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will Dray Tek 142 Vigor2910 Series User s Gui
224. lly if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1l TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt ISDN Tone Settings Region User Defined Low Freq Hz Dial tone Ringing tone 400 Busy tone 400 Congestion tone Volume Gain Mic Gaing1 105 Speaker Gainf1 10 MISC Dial Tone Power Leyel Authentication PIN Code C Check for ISDN to YoIP Calls D000 dl OoOo C Check for VoIP to ISDN Calls 0000 ol Region Vigor2910 Series User s Guide ln lh Toni msec T off 1 msec High Freq Hz Ton msec T off 2 msec 50 o0 5 OU OU Lu I ii ii ii DTMF DTMF mode InBand Payload Type rfc2833 et Disallow VoIP to ISDN Calls with the Following Prefixes ol Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the b Dray Tek Volume Gain MISC Authentication PIN Code DTMP Dray Tek page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Advance Settings gt gt ISDN Tone Settings User Defined Region ser Defined ov I Dia 0 Ringilltaly Do Speaker qslov
225. loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear for a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please i Dray Tek Digit Map type in backup phone number PSTN number for this VoIP phone setting For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Digit Map Setup Enable Match Prefix Mode OP Number Min Len Max Len Interface so 2 B 2 of D de Jb Bf de Je sof DO de Jb s O fe Jb fe Jb 5 C o Zz io a O Jb 3s OL leb jb io a ae fd oO lebe jb Note 1 Min Len and Max Len should be between O 25 2 Wildcard is supported Enable Check this box to invoke this setting Match Prefix The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number Mode None No action Dray Tek Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as a
226. lter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges 3 IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer IP Address Edit Address Type Group and Objects j Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group or IP Object or IP Object None 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single 80 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Service Type Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type E Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type Protocol Source Port Destination Port Service Group None v or Service Object None vi or Service Object None l l 1 SIP or Ser
227. lter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule N D Ea P PBe rmn Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Sanat Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Direction OK Clear Ce x Le Source Ip Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Branch to Other Filter Set Content Security Management Block NetBios LAN gt WAN Set to Factory Default Comments Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 83 Any Any TCP UDP Port from 137 139 to any Dont Care v Action Profile Syslog Block Immediately v o Dray Tek 3 6 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup CO Enable S N flood defense C Enable UDP flood defense C Enable ICMP flood defense Threshold so packets sec Timeout ho sec Threshold hs packets sec Timeout fio sec Threshold so packets sec Timeout ho sec C Enable Port Scan detection Threshold iso packets sec CI Block IP options CI Block Land C Block Smurf C Block trace route CI Block SYN fragment L Block Fraggle Attack LJ Block TCP flag scan Cl Block Tear Drop C Block Ping of Death
228. m Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES The callback function provides a callback service only for the ISDN LAN to LAN connection this feature is useful for i model only The remote user will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Enable Callback function Enables the callback function Use the Following Number to Callback Check this box to use the number typed below for callback 130 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide GRE over IPSec Settings My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Local Network IP Local Network Mask Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Callback number The option is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Callback Budget Unit minutes By default the callback function has limitation of callback period Once the callback budget is exhausted the function will be disabled automatically Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be decreased automatically per callback connection The default value 0 means no limitation of callback period Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec Check this box to verify data and transmit data in encryption with GRE over IPSec packet after configuring IPSec Dial Out setting Both ends must match for each other by setting same virtual IP address for communication Logical Traffic Such technique comes from RFC2890 Define logical traf
229. m websites you may risk bringing threat to your system Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 69 Dray Te k For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter i
230. me Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Accept Subject Name Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Type in a name in this file Enable this account Check this box to enable such profile Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E n Dray Tek 3 9 7 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via ISDN or build the VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type ISDN Dial In connection VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 32 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access U
231. me amor IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Password Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP C Require ISP callback CBCP Fixed IP Address fs Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ISP Name Enter your ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by your ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP Require ISP Callback If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to CBCP activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation Scheduler 1 15 Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the Internet access according to the preconfigured schedules Link Type There are four link types Link Disable Dialup 64 Kbps Dialup 128 Kbps and Dialup BOD Link Disable Disable the ISDN dial out function Dialup 64Kbps Use one ISDN B channel for Internet access Dialup 128Kbps Use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD BOD stands for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup For more detailed BOD parameter settings please refer to the Advanced Setup field gt Call Control and PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication PAP Only Configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to negotiate the username and password with the ISP PAP or CHAP Configure the PPP session to
232. mit to headerquarter in Europe to the subsidiary in America then the subsidiary in America transmit the data to headerquarter in Europe through VPN server by using VPN tunnel backup connection Asia subsidiary VPN Tunnel Router C VPN Client headquarter America subsidiary Dray Te k 248 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 4 10 ERD Mechanism for VPN Backup To use ERD Environment Recovery Detection mechanism for VPN Backup please follow the steps listed below 1 Click Start gt gt Run and type Telnet 192 168 1 1 in the Open box as below Note that the IP address in the example is the default address of the router If you have changed the default enter the current IP address of the router 2 Click OK The Telnet terminal will be open If an administrator password has not already been assigned follow the on screen instructions to assign one 3 After assigning a password type You will see a list of valid common commands depending on the router that your use 4 For using ERD mechanism please type vpn Trunk backup The available commands will be shown as the following figure ex Telnet 192 168 10 1 1 To inquire current ERD setting gt vpn Trunk backup ERD VpnBackup gt name of Trunk profile 2 None Mode Default Setting Such mode makes all of the dial out VPN Backup profiles being activated alternately Request Background Some of users think if VPN tunnel connected agai
233. mware Upgrade TFTF server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software to Upgrade router s firmware This server will be closed by itself when the firmware Upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 4 Dr ay Tek 206 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 17 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics Dial out Trigger Routing Table H ARP Cache Table P DHCP Table H NAT Sessions Table H Wireless VLAN Online Station Table H Web Authentication Table H Data Flow Monitor Traffic Graph Ping Diagnosis Trace Route 3 17 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g ISDN PPPoE PPPoA etc is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 O00 00 00 00 OO OO 00 O00 00 00 00 OO 00 00 00 00 00 00 O00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 O00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Decoded Format 0 0 0 0 gt 0 0 0 0 Prd
234. n it is Environment Recovery Detection For such users use None mode To set ERD None mode gt vpn Trunk backup ERD VpnBackup None 3 Resume Mode When VPN connection breaks down Member is a top priority for the system to do VPN connection again Request Background Some of users hope the connection can be continuous and not breaking down maybe they will have thousands of orders coming within one minute If the network connection breaks down the users must connect from the first VPN server and spend lots of time Such mode can solve their problems To set ERD Resume mode gt vpn Trunk backup ERD VpnBackup Resume 4 AutoDrop Mode Detect VPN connection periodically by setting value for second If VPN server for Member 1 has completed the network connection current VPN Tunnel backup connection will be off line Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 249 Dr ay Te k Request Background Some of users think it is not really environment recovery detection to borrow VPN tunnels from branches for connecting with the headquarters The system should connect to headquarters automatically and that is called ERD To set ERD AutoDrop mode gt To check current status of AutoDrop gt vpn Trunk backup ERD VpnBackup AutoDrop gt Toset AutoDrop gt vpn Trunk backup ERD VpnBackup AutoDrop 3600 gt Why use lt second gt AutoDrop might cause unstable condition for data transmitting To solve the problem you can set v
235. n example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with 886 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of 031111111 will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to AK ON Vigor2910 Series User s Guide SIP server Mode amp Repl OP Number The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Min Len Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Max Len Set the maximum length of the dail number for applying the prefix number settings Interface Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface selection available 3 11 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Dom
236. nappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database powered by SurfControl The database covering over 70 languages and 200 countries over billion Web pages divided into 40 easy to understand categories This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Click CSM and click Web Content Filter to open the setup page For this section please refer to Web Content Filter user s guide CSM gt Web Content Filter Setup Web Content Filter Profile Select a server global shortest site Test a si
237. nd others might be locked and dimmed Please refer to VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Backup Management for more details For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial out Dial In C Enable this profile L Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s PN Connection Through C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass OBlock PING to the IP Multicast via VPN Opass Block for some IGMP IP Camera OHCP Relay etc 3 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling Link Type B4k bps 4 ISDN Username Pee PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication PAPICHAP L2TP with IPSec Policy TE on off Dial Number for ISON or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key Po IKE Authentication Method Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESF Index i 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback L Provide ISON Number to Remote Dray Tek 124 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Profile Name Enable this profile VPN Connection Through Netbios Naming Packet Multicast via VPN Call Direction Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to Keep alive PING to the IP Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Specify a name fo
238. ne that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 WO Status Local Address Remote Address pili Service Type CodePoint 10 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 SY SLOGCUBP 514 20 Active 192 169 1 15 192 169 1 65 a T all FTPY TCR 20 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup i Class Class Class seul Index Status Bandwidth Directon l 5 3 Others Bandwidth Control WANI Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup WAN2 Enable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Outbound 259 25 25 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Dr ay Te k 94 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type No Name Protocol Port 1 Empty For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page If you want to edit an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the following page for modificati
239. necter for accessing Internet with the ADSL ADSL2 2 line Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Note For the USB port can be used to connect 3G USB modem or USB printer therefore the original name printer 1s changed into USB in the future Dr ay Te k 6 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 1 2 6 For Vigor2910VGi LED Explanation WAN LAN ACT ISDN FXS1 FXS2 WLAN USB W1 W2 P1 P2 Phone Status LED Explanation ACT Activity The router is powered on and running properly The router is powered off ISDN The ISDN network is correctly setup A successful connection on the ISDN BRI B1 B2 channel FXS1 FXS2 The phone is off hook the handset of phone is hanging A phone call is incoming or on line WLAN Wireless access point is ready Wireless traffic goes through Wireless access point is turned off USB The USB interface printer or 3G USB modem is ready WAN WI1 W2 A normal 1OMbps WAN link is ready A normal 100Mbps WAN link is ready Ethernet packets are transmitting LAN P1 P2 A normal 10Mbps connection is through its corresponding P3 P4 port Green A normal 100Mbps connection is through its corresponding Ethernet packets are transmitting Conne
240. ng this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page ISDN Dial Backup This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN Setup function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click Internet Access Setup gt Dialing to a Single ISP to enter the backup profile Dial Backup Mode None This setting is available for i model only Due to the absence of the ISDN interface in some models the ISDN dial backup feature and its associated setup options are not available to them Please refer to the previous part for further information Dr ay Tek 32 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide WAN Connection Detection MTU PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Vigor2910 Series User s Guide None Disa
241. nish or OK button Dr ay Tek 26 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 Advanced Web Configuration After finished basic configuration of the router you can access Internet with ease For the people who want to adjust more setting for suiting his her request please refer to this chapter for getting detailed information about the advanced configuration of this router As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 4 Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group and click the Internet Access link 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address 1s mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255
242. nnection If WANI fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN I Only While connecting the router will use WANI as the only channel for VPN connection WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WAN as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection Check to enable router always keep VPN connection IKE Authentication Method usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Confirm the pre shared key Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined in the X 509 Peer ID o Dray Tek Profiles set from VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES User Name This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy ab
243. nterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol Dial In PPP Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Username Password Mutual Authentication PAP PAP or CHAP w Optional MPPE w Yes No IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Start IP Address 192 160 1 200 For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known 224 Dray Tek Vigor2910 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKEIPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP Moes Mispes M AES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Go to Remote Dial In Users Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authen
244. ntioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Internet ee 8B FTP server 192 168 1 22 DMZ Destined to 220 135 240 207 Protocol ANY Port ANY Web Server 192 168 1 11 192 168 1 12 192 168 1 13 Port 21 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Port 80 55 Dray Tek The inherent security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Active True P MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host loo oo foo Jo0 foo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on WAN 2 Enable Private IP Td WANI This page allows you to set Private IP or Active True
245. nu and choose Wireless Rate Control The following page will be shown for you to adjust VLAN gt Wireless VLAN Rate Control Wireless VLAN Rate Control Enable Range 100 30 000 Kbps Increment 100 Kbps W_VLAN Upload Rate Kbps Download Rate Kbps W_VLAN Upload Rate Kbps Download Rate Kbps 0 300 oo 300 oo 5 300 oo 300 oo 1 300 oo 300 oo g 300 og 300 og 6 S00 oo 300 oo 14 a300 oo S00 oo 7 300 og 300 og 15 300 oo 300 oo Note Specified rate is an aggregate rate for the YLAN group Enable Check this box to enable this function for Rate Control The rate control will limit the transmission rate for upload and download Upload Rate It decides the rate of data transmission for output The default setting 1s 300 The range must be between 100 kbps to 20 000kbps Adjust the values according to your necessity Download Rate It decides the rate of data transmission for input The default setting 1s 300 The range must be between 100 kbps to 20 000kbps Adjust the values according to your necessity Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 191 Dray Te K 3 15 USB Application USB diskette can be regarded as an FTP server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN can access write and read data stored in USB diskette After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt FTP User Management on the FTP client software Thus the client can
246. oadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address S Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PIR General Broadband Network Tasks E Create a new connection wh Disconnected Set up a home or small m WAN Miniport PPPOE Internet Gateway office network Chatus Connected _ Dial up Duration 00 19 06 See Also H test Speed 100 0 Mbp Disconnected J Network Troubleshooter A A TE E CE DrayTel ISDN PPF Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway w iy G Control Panel IP Broadband Connection on 58 3 My Network Places Router Parkas P Enabled My Documents ZF Sent 404 fad P My Computer Received 1 115 BEE __LAN or High Speed Internet Properties _ Details Local 4rea Connection Enabled Cw Realtek RTL8139 810x Family Network Connections System Folder Close The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently
247. on Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number qo a Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 40 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 95 Dray Te k 3 8 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications H Dynamic DNS Schedule RADIUS gt IGMP H UPnP H Wake on LAN 3 8 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual s
248. on This setting 1s active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only E WAH IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 2 eae oS Y Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field 38 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Spe
249. on session Rx Losts Total number of lost packets during this connection session Rx Jitter The jitter of received voice packets In Calls The accumulating in call times Out Calls The accumulating out call times Speaker Gain The volume of present call Log Display logs of VoIP calls 3 12 ISDN ISDN means integrated services digital network that is an international communications standard for sending voice video and data over digital telephone lines or normal telephone wires Below shows the menu items of ISDN for i models H General Setup W Dialing to a Single ISP H Dialing to Dual ISPs H Virtual TA Call Control Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 162 3 12 1 General Setup This page provides some basic ISDN settings such as enabling the ISDN port or not MSN numbers and blocked MSN numbers etc ISON gt gt General Setup ISDN Setup ISDN Port Enable Disable Blocked MSN numbers for the router Country Code fo Own Number fs of Own Number means that the router will tell the 3 O remote end the ISON number when it s placing an outgoing call doo Index MSN numbers for the router Mapping to YoIP Ports Sd DFs Dirxse 2 Plexs Dirxse 3 Plexs Dirxse MSN Numbers means that the router is able to accept number matched incoming calls In addition MSN service should be supported by the local ISON network provider ISDN Port Click Enable to open the ISDN port and Disable to clo
250. or your reference Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected S static R RIP default private a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 vie 1172 16 31 Want C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN Cc 172 16 3 07 255 255 255 0 is directly connected WAN Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Internet Router C Set Static 192 168 1 1 a Route Router A 192 168 1 2 Gateway 192 168 1 1 Router B 192 168 1 3 publ ic subnet 211 10 88 0 24 private subnet n 192 168 10 0 7 24 d d User A O rB pr Go to LAN page and click General Setup select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 47 Dr ay Te k Note There
251. or2910 Series User s Guide Selected IP Objects Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box ee Dray Tek 3 4 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Index Name FeEEPEREBerPrPePrPFePRe ds Pose ee 33 64 65 96 gt gt Set to Factory Default Setto Factory Default Index Name tw fw few Ie Im Im Im Im Im I I I fee j ja SPEEPBABEEBSBEBSB Ee Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Name Frotocol Source Port Destination Port Name Protocol Source Destination Port Dray Tek i 4 e JE o e w he in Type a name for this profile Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values
252. ority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management Local Certificate P Trusted CA Certificate H Certificate Backup 3 10 1 Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Dr ay Te k 138 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Orginization 0 Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E Key Type Key Size Generate Type in all the information that the window request Then cl
253. ortant accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Index Start IF Specific Limitation Has Sessions statii ooo d eel O Maximum Sessions Time Schedule Index 1 155 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Disable Default session limit Limitation List Start IP End IP Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Click this button to activate the function of limit session Click this button to close the function of limit session Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Defines the start IP address for limit session Defines the end IP address for limit session a Dray Tek Maximum Sessions Defines the available session number for specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Edit Allows
254. ou select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined in the X 509 Peer ID Profiles set from VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm fro
255. ove Password This field 1s used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Remote Network IP Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Remote Network Mask Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Please confirm your settings LAN to LAN Index 3 Profile Name PR 1 YPN Connection Type L2TP over IPSec Must YPN Connection Through WAN L First Always on No Server IP Host Name draytek com IKE Authentication Method Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method AH SHAL Remote Network IP 192 168 1 6 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another VPN Client Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Go to the VPN Connection Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Management Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Connection status Do another VPN Ser
256. owing windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ra Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful 200 Dray Tek Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 16 5 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Enable Server IP Address Po Mail To Destination Port Enable syslog message Firewall Lag YPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Router DSL information Enable Router Name Server IP Destination Port Enable syslog message SMTP Server Mail To Return Path Authentication User Name Password Click OK to save these settings Mail Alert Setup C Enable Authentication Click Enable to activate this function Assign a name for the router The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Check the box listed on this web pa
257. pecific chent MSN 1 2 3 MSN stands for Multiple Subscriber Number It means you can apply to more than one ISDN lines number over a single subscribed line Note that the service must be acquired from your telecom Specify the MSN numbers for a specific client If you have no MSN services leave this field blank Active Check it to enable the client to access the server 166 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Install a Virtual TA Client 1 Insert the CD ROM bundled with your Vigor router Find VTA Client tool in the Utility menu and click on the Install button 2 Follow the on screen instructions of the installer The last step will ask you to restart your computer Click OK to restart your computer 3 After the computer restarts you will see a VT icon in the taskbar usually in the bottom right of the screen near the clock as shown below When the icon text is GREEN the Virtual TA client is connected to the Virtual TA server and you can launch your CAPI based software to use the client to access the router If the icon text is RED it means the client has lost the connection to the server This time please check the physical Ethernet connection B4 sr BA 251 PM Configure a Virtual TA Client Server Since the Virtual TA application is a client server network model you must configure it on both ends to run properly your Virtual TA application By default the Virtual TA server is enabled and the Username Password fields are le
258. pin O Uplink Active Mode Always On be Active Mode Always On v Active on demand WARS Fail i I Active an demand WANT Fail WAN2 Upload speed exceed o kbps WANI Upload speed exceed o kkbps WAN Download speed exceed o kbps WANI Download speed exceed Oo kbps Note WAN2 and LAN Pl share the Pl port When WAN2 is enabled Pl is used as WANE Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Display Name Type the description for the WAN1 WAN2 interface Physical Mode For WAN1 the physical connection is done and fixed through Ethernet port yet the physical connection for WAN2 is done through an Ethernet port P1 or USB port You cannot change it Physical Mode Ethernet v Ethernet 36G USE Modem To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem choose 3G USB Modem as the physical mode in WAN2 Next go to WAN gt gt Internet Access 3G USB Modem is available for WAN2 You can choose PPP as the access mode and click Details Page for further configuration WAN gt gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode wan Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP_ WAN2 3G USB Modem None b None PPP Physical Type You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Auto negotiation TUM half duplex TOM full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex
259. plicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status 1 w g w 2 10 3 x 11 d w 12 W 2 13 Fs 6 id w 15 w a w Status v Active x Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index are shown below Dr ay Tek 98 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 ba mm Z m 4 o o s fal al ie Start Date Cyyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mms Action Idle Timeout How Often Once Weekdays
260. policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the PSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Check the checkbox You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE i Dray Tek Netbios Naming Packet Multicast via VPN User Name Password aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Pass Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP wi
261. r ISON Number 210 136 240 210 orPeerID O Netbios Naming Packet pass OBlock Multicast via VPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc Wsername IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP 4 DES SDES AES Local ID optional Callback Function Check to enable Callback function Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Bo minutecs Callback Number Callback Budget Settings in the remote host 1 For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www draytek com download center Install as instructed 2 After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinZP Step l This step will add the ProhibitIpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a LATP IPSec connection using a pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more infomation please read the article O240262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step Step 2 Connect to YPN Server
262. r the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Check here to activate this profile Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only VPN Connection Through WANI First WAM First WAN I First While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN1 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the only channel for VPN connection WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router 4 Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only D
263. ray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting Profile Name VPR Serl PPTP LeTP LeTP over IPSec Authentication Username server Password Peer IP YPN Client IP Site to Site Information Remote Network IP 0 0 0 il Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 When you check IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting IPSec L2TP over IPSec Authentication C Pre Shared Key OoOo O O Confirm Pre Shared Key Po Digital Signature 509 Peer IP VPN Client IP Po Site to Site Information Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action Dray Tek 114 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Please Confirm Your Settings YPN Environment Site to Site YPN LAN to LAN Index 3 Profile Name PN Serl Username serverl Allowed Service PPTP IPSec Peer IP YPH Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the PN Connection Management Do another VPN Server Wizard setup
264. reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Firmware Uperade Utility 3 5 1 Time Qukt Sec Router IP E 192 168 1 1 Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie me Password Dray Tek 238 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 10 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time OutiSec j Router IP 192 160 1 1 Fort Firmware File CABocuments and Settings Carrie al Password Sending 11 Now the firmware update is finished 4 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CA Server A CA Server B 2 User imports the aaco GLCLUCA Router via web GUI GS User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and saves it 1 Goto Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 239 Dr ay Tek 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name Domain Name draytek com Subject Name Country C TW State ST Location L
265. ries User s Guide i Dray Tek Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall c
266. rnet WAN2 Ethernet or 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Physical Mode Physical Mode Ethernet Ethernet 36 USB Modem Ethernet Access Mode Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings static or Dynamic P otatic or Dynamic IP PPTPYL2TR There are three access modes provided for PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP and PPTP L2TP Details Page This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WANI or WAN2 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 31 Dray Te k Details Page for PPPoE To use PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPPoE mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Client Mode PPP MP Setup OQ Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP of CHAP Idle Timeout fi second s ISP Access Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Username wan aias Password gine te O Yes No Dynamic 1P Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Fixed IP Address OoOo ISDN Dial Backup Setup Default MAC Address Dial Backup Mode Specify a MAC Address MAC Address WAN Connection Detection oo 50 zF Hoo 16 hs Mode ARP Detect TTL MTU 1442 Max 1492 PPPoE Client Mode Click Enable for activati
267. rt It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It indicates the interface of the WAN connection Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 17 6 Wireless VLAN Online Station Table Click Diagnostics and click Wireless VLAN Online Station Table to open the web page It will display the IP address MAC address and Login ID information for all the Wireless VLAN stations Diagnostics gt gt Wireless VLAN Online Station Wireless VLAN Online Station Table Refresh IP Address HAC Address Login ID 192 168 1 15 00 14 85 26 00 8 City 192 1668 1 16 00 0E 35 A6 A9 ET Hone IP Address Display the IP address of the wireless station MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless station Login ID Display the login ID that the wireless station belongs to Dr ay Tek 210 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 17 7 Web Authentication Table This page displays the IP address UserName and Login Time for the users who passing the web authentication from this router Diagnostics gt gt Web Authentication Status Connection Status Refresh Seconds Index IP UserName Login Time Index IP UserName Login Time i ae LogQut 17 LogQut F aa LogQut 18 LogQut 3 ee z LogQut 19 LogQut 4 Se _ LogQut 20 LogQut 5 En nae a LogQut 21 LogQut G ne m LogQut 22 LogQut 7 See 2 bsa LogQut 23 Log ut a oon e sia LogQut 24
268. rted 3G USB Modem will be listed on Draytek web site Please visit www draytek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for Internet Access H General Setup P Internet Access H Load Balance Policy 3 1 3 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WAN1 and WAN2 in details This router supports dual WAN function It allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the dual WAN to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port WAN1 through WAN port WAND2 through LANI port can connect to different ISPs Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WANI and WAN2 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 and WAN respectively Note In default WANI1 is enabled WAN2 is optional Dr ay Tek 28 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide WAN gt General Setup General Setup WANT WAN Enable Enable Display Name fs Display Name Sa Physical Made Ethernet Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Physical Type thernet Load Balance Mode Auto Weight w Load Balance Mode ae fl Ge Line Speed kbps DownLink bo Line Speed Kbps DownLink a U
269. rver If the connected CPE needs to be authenticated please set URL as the following and type username and password for VigorACS server http IP address of VigorACS 8080 ACSServer services ACSServlet If the connected CPE does not need to be authenticated please set URL as the following http IP address of VigorACS 8080 ACSServer services UnAuthACSServ let Username Password Type username and password for 5 Dray Tek CPE Client Periodic Inform Settings STUN Settings 3 16 3 Administrator Password ACS Server for authentication For example if you want to use such CPE with VigorACS you can type as the following Username acs Password password It is not necessary for you to type them Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might want to change port number for CPE Please click Enable and change the port number Disable The system will not send inform message to ACS server Enable The system will send inform message to ACS server periodically with the time set in the box of interval time The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification Disable The system will not send connection request binding message to STUN server The default setting is Disable
270. s also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi card Dr ay Tek 196 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 16 2 TR 069 Setting Vigor router with TR 069 is available for matching with VigorACS server Such page provides VigorACS and CPE settings under TR 069 protocol All the settings configured here is for CPE to be controlled and managed with VigorACS server Users need to type URL username and password for the VigorACS server that such device will be connected However URL username and password under CPE client are fixed that users cannot change it The default CPE username and password are vigor and password You will need it when you configure VigorACS server System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server URL Wsername Password CPE Client Enable WRAL Port Username Password Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time STUN Settings Disable Enable Server IP Server Port PO https 72 16 3 102 6068 ewn CRN html eos figor o o o oS eeeesees _ second s pave Minimum Keep Alive Period eo second s Maximum Keep Alive Period fo second s ACS Server Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to VigorACS user s manual for detailed information URL Type the URL for VigorACS se
271. s control access list port setup and SNMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 and this must match with the peer Registrar when making VoIP calls System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Router Name fs Management Port Setup Management Access Control C FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server C SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IP Subnet Mask User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 23 ial MI Allow management from the Internet HTTP Port Default 80 HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 21 SSH Port Default 22 SNMP Setup C Enable SNMP Agent E Router Name Allow management from the Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List User Defined Ports Default Ports Enable SNMP Agent Dray Tek Notification Host IP Oooo Trap Timeout seconds Type a name for such router Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network
272. s higher than Web Content Filter P IM P2P Filter Profile H URL Content Filter Profile H Web Content Filter Profile 3 5 1 IM P2P Filter Profile You can define policy profiles for different policy of IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer application CSM profile can be used in Filter Setup page CSM gt IM P2P Filter Profile IM P2F Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 17 2 18 i 19 4 20 J 21 b 22 f 23 8 24 ai 23 10 2b Tmi 2f 12 26 13 29 14 30 15 31 16 32 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Dr ay Tek 70 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide CSM gt IM P2P Filter Profile Profile Index 1 profile Name o IM Object Mone P2P Object Mone Misc Object Mone Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Each profile can contain three objects settings IM Object P2P Object and Misc Object Such profile can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow 3 5 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords UR
273. s router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only em A 192 168 1 2 192 168 1 1 Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 171 Dray Te k WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA W 1 Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The
274. se it Country Code For proper operation on your local ISDN network you should choose the correct country code Own Number Enter your ISDN number Every outgoing call will carry the number to the receiver Blocked MSN Numbers for the Enter the specified MSN number into the fields to router prevent the router from dialing the specific MSN number MSN Numbers for the Router MSN Numbers mean that the router is able to accept only number matched incoming calls In addition MSN services should be supported by local ISDN network provider The router provides three fields for MSN numbers Note that MSN services must be acquired from your local telecommunication operators By default MSN function is disabled If you leave the fields blank all incoming calls will be accepted without number matching Mapping to VoIP Ports Check to specify ringing from FXS1 and or FXS2 when the router accepts the incoming calls by identifying MSN number s If you do not specify any port in this field the ISDN loop through ring port will be determined by the configuration in ISDN port in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 163 Dray Te k 3 12 2 Dialing to a Single ISP If you access the Internet via a single ISP press this link ISON gt Dialing to a Single ISP Single ISP ISP Access Setup PPP MP Setup ISP Name prima Link Type Dialup BOD s Bisl Numbee ORAFI PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout 150 second s serna
275. security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files fro
276. selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above Vigor2910 Series User s Guide a Dray Tek 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN C PPTP IPSec Tunnel gocceccees Eessoeecoed Specify ISDN CLID or Remote YPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer VPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 or Peer ID Username Password YJ Compression On Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number minutegs Callback Budget If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN PPTP O IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify ISDN CLID or Remote YPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 or Peer ID Username draytek Password eececes YJ Compression on O Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium A
277. ser Accounts Setto Factory Default Index user Status Index User Status i TTT a 1 TTT a Be TTT rS 18 TTT I TTT ka 19 TTT a 4 TTT a 0 TTT a als TTT E 21 TTT ay 6 TTT ka 22 TTT ka TTT E 23 TTT Ee 8 TTT k 24 TTT Bt sla TTT a 25 TEF a 10 TTT S 26 TTT r3 11 TTT ka 27 TTT ka 12 TTT Ea 26 TTT a 13 TTT E 29 TTT A 14 TTT ka 30 TTT ka 15 TTT a 31 TTT a 16 TTT E 32 TTT Ea Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dr ay Tek 120 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 Allowed Dial In Type ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel second s Password Username fre IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key LJ Digital
278. serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet http 192 168 1 1 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer 2nd DHCP Server Start IP Address IP Pool Counts max 10 Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address H OH MAC Address 44 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default RIP Protocol Control
279. ss No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Taiwan 303 Product Vigor2910 Series Routers DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2910 series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 The Vigor2910 Series are designed for the WLAN 2 4GHz network throughput EC region Switzerland and the restrictions of France Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception w
280. ss type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Type the start IP address for Single Address type Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index eee fe m Dray Tek RD Department Financial Dept HR Department Name Index i ee juk ESeteer 62 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 4 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Index Name FREEBRESB rere prepr Set to Factory Default Setto Factory Default Index Name www N N N N N Mm N N N N Ee SL E eee eee eee nee ae ee Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Name Interface Available IP Objects 1 RO Department 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department Name Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects Vig
281. ssign the MSN number 123 to the client alan Virtual TA Users Profiles Username Password MSHI MSN MSNS Active 1 sess Oooo Oo y E i as rs as Type the specified MSN number in the CAPI based software When the Virtual TA server sends an alert signal to the specified Virtual TA client the CAPI based software will also receive the action the software will not accept the incoming call Dray Tek 168 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 12 5 Call Control Some applications require that the router only for the ISDN models be remotely activated or be able to dial up to the ISP via the ISDN interface Vigor routers provide this feature by allowing user to make a phone call to the router and then ask it to dial up to the ISP Accordingly a teleworker can access the remote network to retrieve resources Of course a fixed IP address is required for WAN connection and some internal network resource has to be exposed for remote users such as FTP WWW Please set Dialing to a Single ISP first before configuring this web page ISDN gt Call Control Call Control Setup Dial Retry Dial Delay Interval PPP MP Dial Out Setup Basic Setup Link Type PPP Authentication TCP Header Compression Idle Timeout Dial Retry Dial Delay Interval Remote Activation Link Type Vigor2910 Series User s Guide O second s 2 sd Bandwidth On Demand BOD Setup Dialup BOD w High Water Mark roga cps PAP or CHAP
282. such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MIDES Mabes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Mame Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial In C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s VPN Connection Through WANT First C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass OBlock PING to the IP Multicast via VPN OPpass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection Dray Tek 218 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server I am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host
283. t gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password 000 Retype password 22200 o Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Restoration Select a backup file to restore ee ct Decrypt password Click to Upload the file Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 141 Dray Te k 3 11 VolP Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Every one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct ca
284. t then click the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router link About DrayTek Products Support Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Basic FAQ 01 What are the differences among these firmware file formats Basic 02 How could get the telnet command for routers Advanced 03 How can backup restore my configuration settings VPN 04 How do reset clear the router s password DHCP 05 How to bring back my router to its default value AIPHA VoIP D6 How do tell the type of my Vigor Router is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only Qos 07 Ways for firmware upgrade ISDN 08 Why is SNMP removed in firmware 2 3 6 and above for Vigor2200 Series routers 09 failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware fram my Mac machine constantly what should do 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely IIR FAQ Printer Server 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 xXP 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windows96 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 AP 2300 s print server What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 06 What are the limitations in rinter Port of Vigor Router 07 What is the printing buffer size of Vigor Router 08 How
285. t Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status 1 d ae 4 a G l g 10 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt ext gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 53 Dray Te k NAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAL IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Range Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Mode Service Name Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port Two options are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the pri
286. te to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 In addition after configuring VPN Backup profile s the Connection Management in VPN and Remote Access will be changed Before adding a new VPN Backup profile the webpage will be shown as the following Dray Te k 246 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds horl Refresh General Mode 25 192 168 2 5 Dial Backup Mode Dial VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page No l Go gt gt Tx Tx Rx Rx VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network Pkis Rate Pkts Rate UpTime After adding a new VPN Backup profile it will be listed in Backup Mode drop down list for you to choose for dialing VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Pefresh Seconds hok Refresh General Mode 2 2 192 168 2 2 Dial Backup Mode VpnLB 192 168 2 103 Dial VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page No l Go gt gt Tx Tx Rx Rx Pkts Rate Pkts Rate VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network UpTime Examples for VPN Backup Profile Here provides two situations that you can take advantages of VPN Backup profile mechanism Example 1 A VPN Backup profile with member 1 IPSec type and Member 2 L2TP over IPSec has been created for Router A for connecting with Router B In general Router A connects to Router B through Member 1 VPN tunnel with IPS
287. te to verify whether it is categorized LJ Enable Web Content Filter Groups Categories Tick categories to block Untick to unblock Child Protection L chat Criminal Cl Drugs Alcohal Select All Gambling Hacking Hate speech Clear All Sex Violence Weapons Leisure LJ Advertisements Cl Entertainment L Food select All L Games C Glamour LJ Health Clear All L Hobbies Lifestyle L Motor Vehicles L Personals Photo Searches Cl Shopping L Sports L Streaming Media Travel Business Computing Internet J Finance job Search Career Se et e Politics Real Estate Reference Clear All L Remote proxies Search Engine LJ Web Mail Others LJ Education Hosting sites kKid Sites SIEVE LI News C Religion Sex Education Clear All Usenet news Block all uncategorised sites Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Dr ay Tek 74 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 6 Firewall 3 6 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwante
288. th or without IPSec policy above IKE Authentication Method This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP IPSec Security Method Callback Function Dray Tek with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined in the X 509 Peer ID Profiles set from VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode The callback funct
289. that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 11 Dr ay Tek 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use pm Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer Eidi AST i Canon v lala sA By This driver is digitally signed Windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brot
290. the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and check the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without Registeration Choosing Auto is recommended The system will select a proper way for your VoIP call Register via Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before a Dray Tek Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you wh
291. the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server J use the Local printer option 5 In this dialog choose Create a new port Type of port and use the drop down list to select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port O Use the following port LPT 1 Recommended Printer Port Create a new port Type of port Standard TCP IP Port Dray Tek 10 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 6 Inthe following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard ICP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure
292. thout IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Click this radio button to invoke this function and select one predefined in the X 509 Peer ID Profiles set from VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity 126 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide IPSec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authenticat
293. tically Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 3 229 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway 172 156 3 4 Primary DNS I Second ONS l L2TP Server After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WARK Interface WAMI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access L2TP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish ta save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Dr ay Tek 22 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 2 2 5 DHCP Click DHCP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAN 1 If your ISP require you to enter a specific host name or specific MAC address please enter it in Host Name optiona MAC 60 7F bo oo 01 optional After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick St
294. tication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account second s Idle Timeout Allowed Dial In Type C ISDN C PPTP IPSec Tunnel C L2TP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number 210 136 240 210 orpeerD O Netbios Naming Packet Pass ObBlock Multicast via VPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 4 Username per Password IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Cl Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium CAH High ESP DES 3DES AES local ID __ optional Callback Function Check to enable Callback function Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Bo minuters Callback Number Callback Budget If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 225 Dray Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s Allowed Dial In Type C ISDN PPTR LJ IPSec Tunnel C LATP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote Node Pemote Client IP or Pee
295. tion method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 227 Dr ay Tek server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Dial To TEH Session Name office VPM Server IF HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 of draytek com 192 168 11 User Mame draytek_user1 Password EPEE Type of YPN C PPTP CIL2TP i CO IPSec Tunnel IL2TF over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 4 3 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on VoIP or Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup s Class Class Class wae Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 9 3 Others Bandwidth Control WANI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 2595 25 25 25
296. tional Chinese file directory names choose BIGS Dray Tek 192 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 15 2 FTP User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP users Any user who wants to access into the USB diskette must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB diskette first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt FTP User Management FTP User Management Index Username e ies eee i eee I ie Setto Factory Default Home Folder Index Username Home Folder sl i fee oo jon jm loo io fa lo i Click index number to access into configuration page USB Application gt gt FTP User Management Profile Index 1 FTP User Usermame Password Confirm Password Home Folder Access Rule File Directory Enable Disable carrie temp_storag ClRead O write Delete J ist ClCreate Ll Remove Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A z a z 0 9 _ 7193 and space FTP User Username Password Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Enable Click this button to activate this profile account Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server Disable Click this button to disable such profile Type the username for FTP users for accessing into FTP server USB diskette Be aware that users cannot acc
297. tomatic TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet l IP Address 192 168 1 10 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 253 Dr ay Tek 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 5 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows 1 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run 2 Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear w Command Prompt Microsoft Windows HP Version 5 1 2688 C Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae gt ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from
298. trusted E ee da Router via web GUI a User retrieves the CA certificate of CA Server B and saves it 1 Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list 3 Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO RHO HRD RARBG IAM KAU OQ O HAO Aue ka A O Aa ALD ntp1172 16 2 179berts Bsz sa msni v PRS AMAT ANES MOHERERE G19 ay Hotmal Qh Messenger A Hf MSN Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task wseneessenssnesssenssssensenssnnsussnesensessensenssasenaasansensssnsensnsssnesnsunssnassnssnsnsenasunssnssnssnssnseasensenssussnaausasasennenssasasensunssessnssnsnassasensentey O Request a certificate Check on a pending certificate Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 243 Dray Tek 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file i Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRE RE RRO RBA LAT HAH Q AO Or za Qu C EE S FLEO
299. ttings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LANG IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MIDES Ml3spES Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction Both Dial Qut Dial In C Enable this profile CO Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s VPN Connection Through WANT First C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass OBlock PING to the IP Multicast via VPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 4 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 221 Dray Te k Dray Tek If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type ISDN Username l PPTP
300. uest of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCF IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For WAT Usaqe ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 1st Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 2nd IP Address 92 160 2 1 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 2nd Subnet DHCP Server RIP Protocol Control Disable ka 233 DHCP Server Configuration O Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent O ist Subnet 2nd Subnet Start IP Address 192 163 1 10 IP Pool Counts 192 165 1 1 Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address OO f for Relay Agent DONS Server IP Address Cl Force DNS manual setting Secondary IP Address fo Primary IP Address Dray Tek 4 5 Calling Scenario for VoIP function 4 5 1 Calling via SIP Sever Example 1 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from different service providers John s SIP URL 1234 draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 iptel org Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 iptel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name draytel Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unhecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Disp
301. um length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 12 Dray Te k Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Direction source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Block NetBios I I I i LAN WAM Edit Edit ny ny TCPRYUDP Port from 137 139 to undefined Dont Care w Edit Action Profile Syslog m Block Immediately Branch to Other Filter Set IM P2P Filter Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Index 1 15 Direction Source Destination IP Dray Tek Check this box to enable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Set the PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work Set the direction of packet flow LAN gt WAN WAN gt SLAN It is for Data Filter only For the Call Fi
302. us System Uptime 0 7 39 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RR Packets 192 168 1 1 490 408 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity 3 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route Dray Tek LAN gt Static Route Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status i TY T G PrE T 2 PF T TTY T SE eee T g PTT F 4 TPT T g TPY T T Tep T 10 PF Status v Active Inactive 7 Empty 46 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table f
303. use the FTP site USB diskette through Vigor router H FTP General Settings gt FTP User Management H USB Disk Status 3 15 1 FTP General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection and default charset for FTP server At present the Vigor router can support USB diskette with versions of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB diskette into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB diskette is FAT16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt gt FTP General Settings FIP General Settings Concurrent FTP Connection 5 Maximurn 6 Default Charset Default Note 1 If charset is set to default only long file name cin English will be supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client hawe multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting ta 1 to get better performance Concurrent FTP This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions Connection The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage diskette at one time Default Charset At present Vigor router supports three types of character sets default GB2312 and BIGS Default Charset is for English based file name For Simplified Chinese file directory names please choose GB2312 for Tradi
304. users to set 111 Dray Tek Please choose a Dial in User Accounts Allowed Dial in Type Dray Tek 1 MI M Mi Po eo Po Pa eA e eA eA ERR EER ER Er ot os NA WO 00 Om O00 ee oR oo ooo A e oo PR Co Index Status Name a H T77 F E Te MH Wo o m m om o o o o A o G o o a o a a a a a a o a 1 1 4 This item is available when you choose Remote Dial in User Teleworker as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN tunnels for users to set This item is available after you choose any one of dial in user account profiles Next you have to select suitable dial in type for the VPN server profile There are six types provided here similar to VPN Client Wizard PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy None Mice to Have lust Different Dial in Type will lead to different configuration page After making the choices for the server profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection you made When you check PPTP IPSec L2TP three types or PPTP IPSec two types or L2TP with Policy Nice to Have Must you will see the following graphic 112 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting Profile Name PPTP LeTP 7 LATP over IPSec Authentication Username Password IPSec L2TP over IPSec Authentication Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 5095 Peer IP YPH Client IP
305. vate port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 Dray Tek 54 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control FTP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server CO SSH Server Disable PING from the Internet Access List List IP Subnet Mask Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default HTTP Part Default HTTPS Port Default FTP Port Default SSH Port Default SNMP Setup C Enable SNMP Agent Get Community Set Community Manager Host IP fo Trap Community Notification Host IP seconds Trap Timeout 3 3 2 DMZ Host 23 80 443 21 22 As me
306. ver Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration Dray Tek 110 Vigor2910 Series User s Guide 3 9 2 VPN Server Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN server Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial in connection from client to server step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment VPN Server Mode Selection Please choose a LAN to L4AN Profile site to Site YPM LAN to L4AN Index Statue Hame wt Please choose a Dial in User Accounts Allowed Dial in Type VPN Server Mode Selection Please choose a LAN to LAN Profile Vigor2910 Series User s Guide PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy Choose the direction for the VPN server Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in User To set a LAN to LAN profile automatically please choose Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection SLOSS Cede et aite to 3 ite WPN LAN t o LAMN j T Remote Dial in User Teleworker This item is available when you choose Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN tunnels for
307. vice Object 2 RTP To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service Type User defined wt User defined Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile a Dray Tek Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Fragments Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header
308. viously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Vigor2910 Se
309. work Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC
310. ytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 5 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section 3 10 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec 3 7114 b4tk bps 3 7 11MU b4kK bps G F 11A 64K bps G 729A 8 BkKbps G 723 6 4kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20

Draytek Vigor2910VGi Wi-Fi Ethernet LAN Black

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents